--- a/contrib/hgdiff Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/contrib/hgdiff Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -38,13 +38,13 @@
def diff_files(file1, file2):
if file1 is None:
- b = file(file2).read().splitlines(1)
+ b = file(file2).read().splitlines(True)
l1 = "--- %s\n" % (file2)
l2 = "+++ %s\n" % (file2)
l3 = "@@ -0,0 +1,%d @@\n" % len(b)
l = [l1, l2, l3] + ["+" + e for e in b]
elif file2 is None:
- a = file(file1).read().splitlines(1)
+ a = file(file1).read().splitlines(True)
l1 = "--- %s\n" % (file1)
l2 = "+++ %s\n" % (file1)
l3 = "@@ -1,%d +0,0 @@\n" % len(a)
@@ -52,8 +52,8 @@
else:
t1 = file(file1).read()
t2 = file(file2).read()
- l1 = t1.splitlines(1)
- l2 = t2.splitlines(1)
+ l1 = t1.splitlines(True)
+ l2 = t2.splitlines(True)
if options.difflib:
l = difflib.unified_diff(l1, l2, file1, file2)
else:
--- a/contrib/perf.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/contrib/perf.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
def t():
repo.changelog = mercurial.changelog.changelog(repo.sopener)
repo.manifest = mercurial.manifest.manifest(repo.sopener)
- repo.tagscache = None
+ repo._tags = None
return len(repo.tags())
timer(t)
--- a/contrib/win32/win32-build.txt Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/contrib/win32/win32-build.txt Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -33,8 +33,8 @@
add_path (you need only add_path.exe in the zip file)
http://www.barisione.org/apps.html#add_path
- Asciidoc - optional
- http://www.methods.co.nz/asciidoc/
+ Docutils
+ http://docutils.sourceforge.net/
And, of course, Mercurial itself.
@@ -79,11 +79,16 @@
Microsoft.VC90.MFC.manifest)
Before building the installer, you have to build Mercurial HTML documentation
-(or fix mercurial.iss to not reference the doc directory). Assuming you have an
-"asciidoc.bat" batch file somewhere in your PATH:
+(or fix mercurial.iss to not reference the doc directory). Docutils does not
+come with a ready-made script for rst2html.py, so you will have to write your
+own and put it in %PATH% like:
+
+ @python c:\pythonXX\scripts\rst2html.py %*
+
+Then build the documentation with:
cd doc
- mingw32-make ASCIIDOC=asciidoc.bat html
+ mingw32-make RST2HTML=rst2html.bat html
cd ..
If you use ISTool, you open the C:\hg\hg-release\contrib\win32\mercurial.iss
@@ -102,7 +107,7 @@
echo compiler=mingw32 >> setup.cfg
python setup.py py2exe -b 1
cd doc
- mingw32-make ASCIIDOC=asciidoc.bat html
+ mingw32-make RST2HTML=rst2html.bat html
cd ..
iscc contrib\win32\mercurial.iss
--- a/doc/Makefile Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/doc/Makefile Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -5,7 +5,8 @@
MANDIR=$(PREFIX)/share/man
INSTALL=install -c -m 644
PYTHON=python
-ASCIIDOC=asciidoc
+RST2HTML=rst2html
+RST2MAN=rst2man
all: man html
@@ -16,19 +17,18 @@
hg.1.txt: hg.1.gendoc.txt
touch hg.1.txt
-hg.1.gendoc.txt: ../mercurial/commands.py ../mercurial/help.py
+hg.1.gendoc.txt: gendoc.py ../mercurial/commands.py ../mercurial/help.py
${PYTHON} gendoc.py > $@
-%: %.xml
- xmlto man $*.xml && \
- sed -e 's/^\.hg/\\\&.hg/' $* > $*~ && \
- mv $*~ $*
+%: %.txt common.txt
+ # add newline after all literal blocks and fix backslash escape
+ $(RST2MAN) $*.txt \
+ | sed -e 's/^\.fi$$/.fi\n/' \
+ | sed -e 's/\\fB\\\\fP/\\fB\\e\\fP/' \
+ > $*
-%.xml: %.txt
- $(ASCIIDOC) -d manpage -b docbook $*.txt
-
-%.html: %.txt
- $(ASCIIDOC) -b html4 $*.txt || $(ASCIIDOC) -b html $*.txt
+%.html: %.txt common.txt
+ $(RST2HTML) $*.txt > $*.html
MANIFEST: man html
# tracked files are already in the main MANIFEST
@@ -45,4 +45,4 @@
done
clean:
- $(RM) $(MAN) $(MAN:%=%.xml) $(MAN:%=%.html) *.[0-9].gendoc.txt MANIFEST
+ $(RM) $(MAN) $(MAN:%=%.html) *.[0-9].gendoc.txt MANIFEST
--- a/doc/README Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/doc/README Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -1,23 +1,17 @@
-Mercurial's documentation is currently kept in ASCIIDOC format, which
-is a simple plain text format that's easy to read and edit. It's also
-convertible to a variety of other formats including standard UNIX man
-page format and HTML.
+Mercurial's documentation is kept in reStructuredText format, which is
+a simple plain text format that's easy to read and edit:
-To do this, you'll need to install ASCIIDOC:
+ http://docutils.sourceforge.net/rst.html
- http://www.methods.co.nz/asciidoc/
-
-To generate the man page:
+It's also convertible to a variety of other formats including standard
+UNIX man page format and HTML.
- asciidoc -d manpage -b docbook hg.1.txt
- xmlto man hg.1.xml
+To do this, you'll need to install the rst2html and rst2man tools,
+which are part of Docutils:
-To display:
+ http://docutils.sourceforge.net/
- groff -mandoc -Tascii hg.1 | more
-
-To create the html page (without stylesheets):
+The rst2man tool is still in their so-called "sandbox". The above page
+has links to tarballs of both Docutils and their sandbox.
- asciidoc -b html4 hg.1.txt
-
-(older asciidoc may want html instead of html4 above)
+Use the Makefile in this directory to generate the man and HTML pages.
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/doc/common.txt Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+.. Common link and substitution definitions.
+
+.. |hg(1)| replace:: **hg**\ (1)
+.. _hg(1): hg.1.html
+.. |hgrc(5)| replace:: **hgrc**\ (5)
+.. _hgrc(5): hgrc.5.html
+.. |hgignore(5)| replace:: **hgignore**\ (5)
+.. _hgignore(5): hgignore.5.html
--- a/doc/gendoc.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/doc/gendoc.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -54,18 +54,18 @@
return d
def show_doc(ui):
- def bold(s, text=""):
- ui.write("%s\n%s\n%s\n" % (s, "="*len(s), text))
- def underlined(s, text=""):
- ui.write("%s\n%s\n%s\n" % (s, "-"*len(s), text))
+ def section(s):
+ ui.write("%s\n%s\n\n" % (s, "-" * len(s)))
+ def subsection(s):
+ ui.write("%s\n%s\n\n" % (s, '"' * len(s)))
# print options
- underlined(_("OPTIONS"))
+ section(_("OPTIONS"))
for optstr, desc in get_opts(globalopts):
- ui.write("%s::\n %s\n\n" % (optstr, desc))
+ ui.write("%s\n %s\n\n" % (optstr, desc))
# print cmds
- underlined(_("COMMANDS"))
+ section(_("COMMANDS"))
h = {}
for c, attr in table.items():
f = c.split("|")[0]
@@ -78,15 +78,15 @@
if f.startswith("debug"): continue
d = get_cmd(h[f])
# synopsis
- ui.write("[[%s]]\n" % d['cmd'])
- ui.write("%s::\n" % d['synopsis'].replace("hg ","", 1))
+ ui.write(".. _%s:\n\n" % d['cmd'])
+ ui.write("``%s``\n" % d['synopsis'].replace("hg ","", 1))
# description
ui.write("%s\n\n" % d['desc'][1])
# options
opt_output = list(d['opts'])
if opt_output:
opts_len = max([len(line[0]) for line in opt_output])
- ui.write(_(" options:\n"))
+ ui.write(_(" options:\n\n"))
for optstr, desc in opt_output:
if desc:
s = "%-*s %s" % (opts_len, optstr, desc)
@@ -101,8 +101,11 @@
ui.write(_(" aliases: %s\n\n") % " ".join(d['aliases']))
# print topics
- for names, section, doc in helptable:
- underlined(section.upper())
+ for names, sec, doc in helptable:
+ for name in names:
+ ui.write(".. _%s:\n" % name)
+ ui.write("\n")
+ section(sec.upper())
if callable(doc):
doc = doc()
ui.write(doc)
--- a/doc/hg.1.txt Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/doc/hg.1.txt Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -1,64 +1,70 @@
-HG(1)
-=====
-Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
-:man source: Mercurial
-:man manual: Mercurial Manual
+====
+ hg
+====
-NAME
-----
-hg - Mercurial source code management system
+---------------------------------------
+Mercurial source code management system
+---------------------------------------
+
+:Author: Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
+:Organization: Mercurial
+:Manual section: 1
+:Manual group: Mercurial Manual
+
SYNOPSIS
--------
-*hg* 'command' ['option']... ['argument']...
+**hg** *command* [*option*]... [*argument*]...
DESCRIPTION
-----------
-The *hg* command provides a command line interface to the Mercurial
+The **hg** command provides a command line interface to the Mercurial
system.
COMMAND ELEMENTS
----------------
-files ...::
+files...
indicates one or more filename or relative path filenames; see
"FILE NAME PATTERNS" for information on pattern matching
-path::
+path
indicates a path on the local machine
-revision::
+revision
indicates a changeset which can be specified as a changeset
revision number, a tag, or a unique substring of the changeset
hash value
-repository path::
+repository path
either the pathname of a local repository or the URI of a remote
repository.
-include::hg.1.gendoc.txt[]
+.. include:: hg.1.gendoc.txt
FILES
-----
- `.hgignore`::
+
+``.hgignore``
This file contains regular expressions (one per line) that
- describe file names that should be ignored by *hg*. For details,
- see *hgignore(5)*.
+ describe file names that should be ignored by **hg**. For details,
+ see |hgignore(5)|_.
- `.hgtags`::
+``.hgtags``
This file contains changeset hash values and text tag names (one
of each separated by spaces) that correspond to tagged versions of
the repository contents.
- `/etc/mercurial/hgrc`, `$HOME/.hgrc`, `.hg/hgrc`::
- This file contains defaults and configuration. Values in `.hg/hgrc`
- override those in `$HOME/.hgrc`, and these override settings made in
- the global `/etc/mercurial/hgrc` configuration. See *hgrc(5)* for
- details of the contents and format of these files.
+``/etc/mercurial/hgrc``, ``$HOME/.hgrc``, ``.hg/hgrc``
+ This file contains defaults and configuration. Values in
+ ``.hg/hgrc`` override those in ``$HOME/.hgrc``, and these override
+ settings made in the global ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` configuration.
+ See |hgrc(5)|_ for details of the contents and format of these
+ files.
-Some commands (e.g. revert) produce backup files ending in `.orig`, if
-the `.orig` file already exists and is not tracked by Mercurial, it will
-be overwritten.
+Some commands (e.g. revert) produce backup files ending in ``.orig``,
+if the ``.orig`` file already exists and is not tracked by Mercurial,
+it will be overwritten.
BUGS
----
@@ -67,7 +73,7 @@
SEE ALSO
--------
-*hgignore(5)*, *hgrc(5)*
+|hgignore(5)|_, |hgrc(5)|_
AUTHOR
------
@@ -75,14 +81,16 @@
RESOURCES
---------
-http://mercurial.selenic.com/[Main Web Site]
+Main Web Site: http://mercurial.selenic.com/
-http://selenic.com/hg[Source code repository]
+Source code repository: http://selenic.com/hg
-http://selenic.com/mailman/listinfo/mercurial[Mailing list]
+Mailing list: http://selenic.com/mailman/listinfo/mercurial
COPYING
-------
Copyright \(C) 2005-2009 Matt Mackall.
Free use of this software is granted under the terms of the GNU General
Public License (GPL).
+
+.. include:: common.txt
--- a/doc/hgignore.5.txt Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/doc/hgignore.5.txt Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -1,17 +1,20 @@
-HGIGNORE(5)
-===========
-Vadim Gelfer <vadim.gelfer@gmail.com>
-:man source: Mercurial
-:man manual: Mercurial Manual
+==========
+ hgignore
+==========
-NAME
-----
-hgignore - syntax for Mercurial ignore files
+---------------------------------
+syntax for Mercurial ignore files
+---------------------------------
+
+:Author: Vadim Gelfer <vadim.gelfer@gmail.com>
+:Organization: Mercurial
+:Manual section: 5
+:Manual group: Mercurial Manual
SYNOPSIS
--------
-The Mercurial system uses a file called `.hgignore` in the root
+The Mercurial system uses a file called ``.hgignore`` in the root
directory of a repository to control its behavior when it searches
for files that it is not currently tracking.
@@ -21,61 +24,61 @@
The working directory of a Mercurial repository will often contain
files that should not be tracked by Mercurial. These include backup
files created by editors and build products created by compilers.
-These files can be ignored by listing them in a `.hgignore` file in
-the root of the working directory. The `.hgignore` file must be
+These files can be ignored by listing them in a ``.hgignore`` file in
+the root of the working directory. The ``.hgignore`` file must be
created manually. It is typically put under version control, so that
the settings will propagate to other repositories with push and pull.
An untracked file is ignored if its path relative to the repository
root directory, or any prefix path of that path, is matched against
-any pattern in `.hgignore`.
+any pattern in ``.hgignore``.
-For example, say we have an an untracked file, `file.c`, at
-`a/b/file.c` inside our repository. Mercurial will ignore `file.c` if
-any pattern in `.hgignore` matches `a/b/file.c`, `a/b` or `a`.
+For example, say we have an an untracked file, ``file.c``, at
+``a/b/file.c`` inside our repository. Mercurial will ignore ``file.c``
+if any pattern in ``.hgignore`` matches ``a/b/file.c``, ``a/b`` or ``a``.
In addition, a Mercurial configuration file can reference a set of
-per-user or global ignore files. See the hgrc(5) man page for details
+per-user or global ignore files. See the |hgrc(5)|_ man page for details
of how to configure these files. Look for the "ignore" entry in the
"ui" section.
To control Mercurial's handling of files that it manages, see the
-hg(1) man page. Look for the "-I" and "-X" options.
+|hg(1)|_ man page. Look for the "``-I``" and "``-X``" options.
SYNTAX
------
An ignore file is a plain text file consisting of a list of patterns,
-with one pattern per line. Empty lines are skipped. The "`#`"
-character is treated as a comment character, and the "`\`" character
+with one pattern per line. Empty lines are skipped. The "``#``"
+character is treated as a comment character, and the "``\``" character
is treated as an escape character.
Mercurial supports several pattern syntaxes. The default syntax used
is Python/Perl-style regular expressions.
-To change the syntax used, use a line of the following form:
+To change the syntax used, use a line of the following form::
-syntax: NAME
+ syntax: NAME
-where NAME is one of the following:
+where ``NAME`` is one of the following:
-regexp::
+``regexp``
Regular expression, Python/Perl syntax.
-glob::
+``glob``
Shell-style glob.
The chosen syntax stays in effect when parsing all patterns that
follow, until another syntax is selected.
Neither glob nor regexp patterns are rooted. A glob-syntax pattern of
-the form "`*.c`" will match a file ending in "`.c`" in any directory,
-and a regexp pattern of the form "`\.c$`" will do the same. To root a
-regexp pattern, start it with "`^`".
+the form "``*.c``" will match a file ending in "``.c``" in any directory,
+and a regexp pattern of the form "``\.c$``" will do the same. To root a
+regexp pattern, start it with "``^``".
EXAMPLE
-------
-Here is an example ignore file.
+Here is an example ignore file. ::
# use glob syntax.
syntax: glob
@@ -96,7 +99,7 @@
SEE ALSO
--------
-hg(1), hgrc(5)
+|hg(1)|_, |hgrc(5)|_
COPYING
-------
@@ -104,3 +107,5 @@
Mercurial is copyright 2005-2009 Matt Mackall.
Free use of this software is granted under the terms of the GNU General
Public License (GPL).
+
+.. include:: common.txt
--- a/doc/hgrc.5.txt Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/doc/hgrc.5.txt Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -1,12 +1,16 @@
-HGRC(5)
-=======
-Bryan O'Sullivan <bos@serpentine.com>
-:man source: Mercurial
-:man manual: Mercurial Manual
+======
+ hgrc
+======
-NAME
-----
-hgrc - configuration files for Mercurial
+---------------------------------
+configuration files for Mercurial
+---------------------------------
+
+:Author: Bryan O'Sullivan <bos@serpentine.com>
+:Organization: Mercurial
+:Manual section: 5
+:Manual group: Mercurial Manual
+
SYNOPSIS
--------
@@ -19,51 +23,54 @@
Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist.
The names of these files depend on the system on which Mercurial is
-installed. `*.rc` files from a single directory are read in
+installed. ``*.rc`` files from a single directory are read in
alphabetical order, later ones overriding earlier ones. Where multiple
paths are given below, settings from later paths override earlier
ones.
-(Unix) `<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`::
-(Unix) `<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc`::
+| (Unix) ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc``
+| (Unix) ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc``
+
Per-installation configuration files, searched for in the
- directory where Mercurial is installed. `<install-root>` is the
- parent directory of the hg executable (or symlink) being run. For
- example, if installed in `/shared/tools/bin/hg`, Mercurial will look
- in `/shared/tools/etc/mercurial/hgrc`. Options in these files apply
+ directory where Mercurial is installed. ``<install-root>`` is the
+ parent directory of the **hg** executable (or symlink) being run. For
+ example, if installed in ``/shared/tools/bin/hg``, Mercurial will look
+ in ``/shared/tools/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. Options in these files apply
to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory.
-(Unix) `/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`::
-(Unix) `/etc/mercurial/hgrc`::
+| (Unix) ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc``
+| (Unix) ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc``
+
Per-system configuration files, for the system on which Mercurial
is running. Options in these files apply to all Mercurial commands
executed by any user in any directory. Options in these files
override per-installation options.
-(Windows) `<install-dir>\Mercurial.ini`::
- or else::
-(Windows) `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Mercurial`::
- or else::
-(Windows) `C:\Mercurial\Mercurial.ini`::
+| (Windows) ``<install-dir>\Mercurial.ini`` or else
+| (Windows) ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Mercurial`` or else
+| (Windows) ``C:\Mercurial\Mercurial.ini``
+
Per-installation/system configuration files, for the system on
which Mercurial is running. Options in these files apply to all
Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. Registry
keys contain PATH-like strings, every part of which must reference
- a `Mercurial.ini` file or be a directory where `*.rc` files will
+ a ``Mercurial.ini`` file or be a directory where ``*.rc`` files will
be read.
-(Unix) `$HOME/.hgrc`::
-(Windows) `%HOME%\Mercurial.ini`::
-(Windows) `%HOME%\.hgrc`::
-(Windows) `%USERPROFILE%\Mercurial.ini`::
-(Windows) `%USERPROFILE%\.hgrc`::
+| (Unix) ``$HOME/.hgrc``
+| (Windows) ``%HOME%\Mercurial.ini``
+| (Windows) ``%HOME%\.hgrc``
+| (Windows) ``%USERPROFILE%\Mercurial.ini``
+| (Windows) ``%USERPROFILE%\.hgrc``
+
Per-user configuration file(s), for the user running Mercurial. On
- Windows 9x, `%HOME%` is replaced by `%APPDATA%`. Options in these
+ Windows 9x, ``%HOME%`` is replaced by ``%APPDATA%``. Options in these
files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any
directory. Options in these files override per-installation and
per-system options.
-(Unix, Windows) `<repo>/.hg/hgrc`::
+| (Unix, Windows) ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc``
+
Per-repository configuration options that only apply in a
particular repository. This file is not version-controlled, and
will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in
@@ -75,8 +82,10 @@
SYNTAX
------
-A configuration file consists of sections, led by a "`[section]`" header
-and followed by "`name: value`" entries; "`name=value`" is also accepted.
+A configuration file consists of sections, led by a "``[section]``" header
+and followed by "``name: value``" entries; "``name=value``" is also accepted.
+
+::
[spam]
eggs=ham
@@ -88,7 +97,7 @@
Leading whitespace is removed from values. Empty lines are skipped.
-Lines beginning with "`#`" or "`;`" are ignored and may be used to provide
+Lines beginning with "``#``" or "``;``" are ignored and may be used to provide
comments.
SECTIONS
@@ -98,41 +107,39 @@
Mercurial "hgrc" file, the purpose of each section, its possible keys,
and their possible values.
-[[alias]]
-alias::
- Defines command aliases.
- Aliases allow you to define your own commands in terms of other
- commands (or aliases), optionally including arguments.
-+
---
-Alias definitions consist of lines of the form:
+``alias``
+"""""""""
+Defines command aliases.
+Aliases allow you to define your own commands in terms of other
+commands (or aliases), optionally including arguments.
+
+Alias definitions consist of lines of the form::
<alias> = <command> [<argument]...
-For example, this definition:
+For example, this definition::
latest = log --limit 5
-creates a new command `latest` that shows only the five most recent
-changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones:
+creates a new command ``latest`` that shows only the five most recent
+changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones::
stable5 = latest -b stable
NOTE: It is possible to create aliases with the same names as existing
commands, which will then override the original definitions. This is
almost always a bad idea!
---
+
-[[auth]]
-auth::
+``auth``
+""""""""
Authentication credentials for HTTP authentication. Each line has
-the following format:
+the following format::
<name>.<argument> = <value>
-+
---
+
where <name> is used to group arguments into authentication entries.
-Example:
+Example::
foo.prefix = hg.intevation.org/mercurial
foo.username = foo
@@ -146,26 +153,26 @@
Supported arguments:
- prefix;;
- Either "\*" or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part.
+``prefix``
+ Either "``*``" or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part.
The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used
- (where "*" matches everything and counts as a match of length
+ (where "``*``" matches everything and counts as a match of length
1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed
against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes
argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted.
- username;;
+``username``
Optional. Username to authenticate with. If not given, and the
remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user
will be prompted for it.
- password;;
+``password``
Optional. Password to authenticate with. If not given, and the
remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user
will be prompted for it.
- key;;
+``key``
Optional. PEM encoded client certificate key file.
- cert;;
+``cert``
Optional. PEM encoded client certificate chain file.
- schemes;;
+``schemes``
Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this
authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include
a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match
@@ -174,20 +181,19 @@
If no suitable authentication entry is found, the user is prompted
for credentials as usual if required by the remote.
---
+
-[[decode]]
-decode/encode::
- Filters for transforming files on checkout/checkin. This would
- typically be used for newline processing or other
- localization/canonicalization of files.
-+
---
+``decode/encode``
+"""""""""""""""""
+Filters for transforming files on checkout/checkin. This would
+typically be used for newline processing or other
+localization/canonicalization of files.
+
Filters consist of a filter pattern followed by a filter command.
Filter patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository root.
-For example, to match any file ending in "`.txt`" in the root
-directory only, use the pattern "\*.txt". To match any file ending
-in "`.c`" anywhere in the repository, use the pattern "**`.c`".
+For example, to match any file ending in "``.txt``" in the root
+directory only, use the pattern "``*.txt``". To match any file ending
+in "``.c``" anywhere in the repository, use the pattern "``**.c``".
The filter command can start with a specifier, either "pipe:" or
"tempfile:". If no specifier is given, "pipe:" is used by default.
@@ -195,7 +201,7 @@
A "pipe:" command must accept data on stdin and return the transformed
data on stdout.
-Pipe example:
+Pipe example::
[encode]
# uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression
@@ -218,7 +224,7 @@
effects and may corrupt the contents of your files.
The most common usage is for LF <-> CRLF translation on Windows. For
-this, use the "smart" converters which check for binary files:
+this, use the "smart" converters which check for binary files::
[extensions]
hgext.win32text =
@@ -227,7 +233,7 @@
[decode]
** = cleverdecode:
-or if you only want to translate certain files:
+or if you only want to translate certain files::
[extensions]
hgext.win32text =
@@ -235,16 +241,16 @@
**.txt = dumbencode:
[decode]
**.txt = dumbdecode:
---
+
+
+``defaults``
+""""""""""""
-[[defaults]]
-defaults::
- Use the [defaults] section to define command defaults, i.e. the
- default options/arguments to pass to the specified commands.
-+
---
+Use the [defaults] section to define command defaults, i.e. the
+default options/arguments to pass to the specified commands.
+
The following example makes 'hg log' run in verbose mode, and 'hg
-status' show only the modified files, by default.
+status' show only the modified files, by default::
[defaults]
log = -v
@@ -253,57 +259,59 @@
The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when
defining command defaults. The command defaults will also be applied
to the aliases of the commands defined.
---
+
+
+``diff``
+""""""""
-[[diff]]
-diff::
- Settings used when displaying diffs. They are all Boolean and
- defaults to False.
- git;;
+Settings used when displaying diffs. They are all Boolean and
+defaults to False.
+
+``git``
Use git extended diff format.
- nodates;;
+``nodates``
Don't include dates in diff headers.
- showfunc;;
+``showfunc``
Show which function each change is in.
- ignorews;;
+``ignorews``
Ignore white space when comparing lines.
- ignorewsamount;;
+``ignorewsamount``
Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
- ignoreblanklines;;
+``ignoreblanklines``
Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
-[[email]]
-email::
- Settings for extensions that send email messages.
- from;;
+``email``
+"""""""""
+Settings for extensions that send email messages.
+
+``from``
Optional. Email address to use in "From" header and SMTP envelope
of outgoing messages.
- to;;
+``to``
Optional. Comma-separated list of recipients' email addresses.
- cc;;
+``cc``
Optional. Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipients'
email addresses.
- bcc;;
+``bcc``
Optional. Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients'
email addresses. Cannot be set interactively.
- method;;
+``method``
Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is "smtp"
(default), use SMTP (see section "[smtp]" for configuration).
Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail
(takes "-f" option for sender, list of recipients on command line,
message on stdin). Normally, setting this to "sendmail" or
"/usr/sbin/sendmail" is enough to use sendmail to send messages.
- charsets;;
+``charsets``
Optional. Comma-separated list of character sets considered
convenient for recipients. Addresses, headers, and parts not
containing patches of outgoing messages will be encoded in the
first character set to which conversion from local encoding
- (`$HGENCODING`, `ui.fallbackencoding`) succeeds. If correct
+ (``$HGENCODING``, ``ui.fallbackencoding``) succeeds. If correct
conversion fails, the text in question is sent as is. Defaults to
empty (explicit) list.
-+
---
-Order of outgoing email character sets:
+
+Order of outgoing email character sets::
us-ascii always first, regardless of settings
email.charsets in order given by user
@@ -311,7 +319,7 @@
$HGENCODING if not in email.charsets
utf-8 always last, regardless of settings
-Email example:
+Email example::
[email]
from = Joseph User <joe.user@example.com>
@@ -319,40 +327,40 @@
# charsets for western Europeans
# us-ascii, utf-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last
charsets = iso-8859-1, iso-8859-15, windows-1252
---
+
+
+``extensions``
+""""""""""""""
-[[extensions]]
-extensions::
- Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To
- enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section.
-+
---
+Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To
+enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section.
+
If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path,
-you can give the name of the module, followed by "`=`", with nothing
-after the "`=`".
+you can give the name of the module, followed by "``=``", with nothing
+after the "``=``".
-Otherwise, give a name that you choose, followed by "`=`", followed by
-the path to the "`.py`" file (including the file name extension) that
+Otherwise, give a name that you choose, followed by "``=``", followed by
+the path to the "``.py``" file (including the file name extension) that
defines the extension.
To explicitly disable an extension that is enabled in an hgrc of
-broader scope, prepend its path with "`!`", as in
-"`hgext.foo = !/ext/path`" or "`hgext.foo = !`" when path is not
+broader scope, prepend its path with "``!``", as in
+"``hgext.foo = !/ext/path``" or "``hgext.foo = !``" when path is not
supplied.
-Example for `~/.hgrc`:
+Example for ``~/.hgrc``::
[extensions]
# (the mq extension will get loaded from Mercurial's path)
hgext.mq =
# (this extension will get loaded from the file specified)
myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
---
+
-[[format]]
-format::
+``format``
+""""""""""
- usestore;;
+``usestore``
Enable or disable the "store" repository format which improves
compatibility with systems that fold case or otherwise mangle
filenames. Enabled by default. Disabling this option will allow
@@ -360,7 +368,7 @@
compatibility and ensures that the on-disk format of newly created
repositories will be compatible with Mercurial before version 0.9.4.
- usefncache;;
+``usefncache``
Enable or disable the "fncache" repository format which enhances
the "store" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
fncache) to allow longer filenames and avoids using Windows
@@ -368,26 +376,27 @@
option ensures that the on-disk format of newly created
repositories will be compatible with Mercurial before version 1.1.
-[[merge-patterns]]
-merge-patterns::
- This section specifies merge tools to associate with particular file
- patterns. Tools matched here will take precedence over the default
- merge tool. Patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository
- root.
-+
-Example:
-+
+``merge-patterns``
+""""""""""""""""""
+
+This section specifies merge tools to associate with particular file
+patterns. Tools matched here will take precedence over the default
+merge tool. Patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository
+root.
+
+Example::
+
[merge-patterns]
**.c = kdiff3
**.jpg = myimgmerge
-[[merge-tools]]
-merge-tools::
- This section configures external merge tools to use for file-level
- merges.
-+
---
-Example `~/.hgrc`:
+``merge-tools``
+"""""""""""""""
+
+This section configures external merge tools to use for file-level
+merges.
+
+Example ``~/.hgrc``::
[merge-tools]
# Override stock tool location
@@ -404,64 +413,63 @@
Supported arguments:
-priority;;
+``priority``
The priority in which to evaluate this tool.
Default: 0.
-executable;;
+``executable``
Either just the name of the executable or its pathname.
Default: the tool name.
-args;;
+``args``
The arguments to pass to the tool executable. You can refer to the
files being merged as well as the output file through these
- variables: `$base`, `$local`, `$other`, `$output`.
- Default: `$local $base $other`
-premerge;;
+ variables: ``$base``, ``$local``, ``$other``, ``$output``.
+ Default: ``$local $base $other``
+``premerge``
Attempt to run internal non-interactive 3-way merge tool before
launching external tool.
Default: True
-binary;;
+``binary``
This tool can merge binary files. Defaults to False, unless tool
was selected by file pattern match.
-symlink;;
+``symlink``
This tool can merge symlinks. Defaults to False, even if tool was
selected by file pattern match.
-checkconflicts;;
+``checkconflicts``
Check whether there are conflicts even though the tool reported
success.
Default: False
-checkchanged;;
+``checkchanged``
Check whether outputs were written even though the tool reported
success.
Default: False
-fixeol;;
+``fixeol``
Attempt to fix up EOL changes caused by the merge tool.
Default: False
-gui;;
+``gui``
This tool requires a graphical interface to run. Default: False
-regkey;;
+``regkey``
Windows registry key which describes install location of this
tool. Mercurial will search for this key first under
- `HKEY_CURRENT_USER` and then under `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE`.
+ ``HKEY_CURRENT_USER`` and then under ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE``.
Default: None
-regname;;
+``regname``
Name of value to read from specified registry key. Defaults to the
unnamed (default) value.
-regappend;;
+``regappend``
String to append to the value read from the registry, typically
the executable name of the tool.
Default: None
---
+
-[[hooks]]
-hooks::
- Commands or Python functions that get automatically executed by
- various actions such as starting or finishing a commit. Multiple
- hooks can be run for the same action by appending a suffix to the
- action. Overriding a site-wide hook can be done by changing its
- value or setting it to an empty string.
-+
---
-Example `.hg/hgrc`:
+``hooks``
+"""""""""
+Commands or Python functions that get automatically executed by
+various actions such as starting or finishing a commit. Multiple
+hooks can be run for the same action by appending a suffix to the
+action. Overriding a site-wide hook can be done by changing its
+value or setting it to an empty string.
+
+Example ``.hg/hgrc``::
[hooks]
# do not use the site-wide hook
@@ -473,84 +481,84 @@
additional information. For each hook below, the environment
variables it is passed are listed with names of the form "$HG_foo".
-changegroup;;
+``changegroup``
Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle.
- ID of the first new changeset is in `$HG_NODE`. URL from which
- changes came is in `$HG_URL`.
-commit;;
+ ID of the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. URL from which
+ changes came is in ``$HG_URL``.
+``commit``
Run after a changeset has been created in the local repository. ID
- of the newly created changeset is in `$HG_NODE`. Parent changeset
- IDs are in `$HG_PARENT1` and `$HG_PARENT2`.
-incoming;;
+ of the newly created changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset
+ IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
+``incoming``
Run after a changeset has been pulled, pushed, or unbundled into
the local repository. The ID of the newly arrived changeset is in
- `$HG_NODE`. URL that was source of changes came is in `$HG_URL`.
-outgoing;;
+ ``$HG_NODE``. URL that was source of changes came is in ``$HG_URL``.
+``outgoing``
Run after sending changes from local repository to another. ID of
- first changeset sent is in `$HG_NODE`. Source of operation is in
- `$HG_SOURCE`; see "preoutgoing" hook for description.
-post-<command>;;
+ first changeset sent is in ``$HG_NODE``. Source of operation is in
+ ``$HG_SOURCE``; see "preoutgoing" hook for description.
+``post-<command>``
Run after successful invocations of the associated command. The
- contents of the command line are passed as `$HG_ARGS` and the result
- code in `$HG_RESULT`. Hook failure is ignored.
-pre-<command>;;
+ contents of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS`` and the result
+ code in ``$HG_RESULT``. Hook failure is ignored.
+``pre-<command>``
Run before executing the associated command. The contents of the
- command line are passed as `$HG_ARGS`. If the hook returns failure,
+ command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. If the hook returns failure,
the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure
code.
-prechangegroup;;
+``prechangegroup``
Run before a changegroup is added via push, pull or unbundle. Exit
status 0 allows the changegroup to proceed. Non-zero status will
cause the push, pull or unbundle to fail. URL from which changes
- will come is in `$HG_URL`.
-precommit;;
+ will come is in ``$HG_URL``.
+``precommit``
Run before starting a local commit. Exit status 0 allows the
commit to proceed. Non-zero status will cause the commit to fail.
- Parent changeset IDs are in `$HG_PARENT1` and `$HG_PARENT2`.
-preoutgoing;;
+ Parent changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
+``preoutgoing``
Run before collecting changes to send from the local repository to
another. Non-zero status will cause failure. This lets you prevent
pull over HTTP or SSH. Also prevents against local pull, push
(outbound) or bundle commands, but not effective, since you can
just copy files instead then. Source of operation is in
- `$HG_SOURCE`. If "serve", operation is happening on behalf of remote
+ ``$HG_SOURCE``. If "serve", operation is happening on behalf of remote
SSH or HTTP repository. If "push", "pull" or "bundle", operation
is happening on behalf of repository on same system.
-pretag;;
+``pretag``
Run before creating a tag. Exit status 0 allows the tag to be
created. Non-zero status will cause the tag to fail. ID of
- changeset to tag is in `$HG_NODE`. Name of tag is in `$HG_TAG`. Tag is
- local if `$HG_LOCAL=1`, in repository if `$HG_LOCAL=0`.
-pretxnchangegroup;;
+ changeset to tag is in ``$HG_NODE``. Name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. Tag is
+ local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, in repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
+``pretxnchangegroup``
Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle,
but before the transaction has been committed. Changegroup is
visible to hook program. This lets you validate incoming changes
before accepting them. Passed the ID of the first new changeset in
- `$HG_NODE`. Exit status 0 allows the transaction to commit. Non-zero
+ ``$HG_NODE``. Exit status 0 allows the transaction to commit. Non-zero
status will cause the transaction to be rolled back and the push,
pull or unbundle will fail. URL that was source of changes is in
- `$HG_URL`.
-pretxncommit;;
+ ``$HG_URL``.
+``pretxncommit``
Run after a changeset has been created but the transaction not yet
committed. Changeset is visible to hook program. This lets you
validate commit message and changes. Exit status 0 allows the
commit to proceed. Non-zero status will cause the transaction to
- be rolled back. ID of changeset is in `$HG_NODE`. Parent changeset
- IDs are in `$HG_PARENT1` and `$HG_PARENT2`.
-preupdate;;
+ be rolled back. ID of changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset
+ IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
+``preupdate``
Run before updating the working directory. Exit status 0 allows
the update to proceed. Non-zero status will prevent the update.
- Changeset ID of first new parent is in `$HG_PARENT1`. If merge, ID
- of second new parent is in `$HG_PARENT2`.
-tag;;
- Run after a tag is created. ID of tagged changeset is in `$HG_NODE`.
- Name of tag is in `$HG_TAG`. Tag is local if `$HG_LOCAL=1`, in
- repository if `$HG_LOCAL=0`.
-update;;
+ Changeset ID of first new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If merge, ID
+ of second new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``.
+``tag``
+ Run after a tag is created. ID of tagged changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``.
+ Name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. Tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, in
+ repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
+``update``
Run after updating the working directory. Changeset ID of first
- new parent is in `$HG_PARENT1`. If merge, ID of second new parent is
- in `$HG_PARENT2`. If the update succeeded, `$HG_ERROR=0`. If the
- update failed (e.g. because conflicts not resolved), `$HG_ERROR=1`.
+ new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If merge, ID of second new parent is
+ in ``$HG_PARENT2``. If the update succeeded, ``$HG_ERROR=0``. If the
+ update failed (e.g. because conflicts not resolved), ``$HG_ERROR=1``.
NOTE: it is generally better to use standard hooks rather than the
generic pre- and post- command hooks as they are guaranteed to be
@@ -559,11 +567,11 @@
generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command.
NOTE: Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to
-hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, `$HG_PARENT2` will
+hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, ``$HG_PARENT2`` will
have an empty value under Unix-like platforms for non-merge
changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows.
-The syntax for Python hooks is as follows:
+The syntax for Python hooks is as follows::
hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable
hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable
@@ -573,101 +581,111 @@
"ui"), a repository object (keyword "repo"), and a "hooktype"
keyword that tells what kind of hook is used. Arguments listed as
environment variables above are passed as keyword arguments, with no
-"HG_" prefix, and names in lower case.
+"``HG_``" prefix, and names in lower case.
If a Python hook returns a "true" value or raises an exception, this
is treated as a failure.
---
+
-[[http_proxy]]
-http_proxy::
- Used to access web-based Mercurial repositories through a HTTP
- proxy.
- host;;
+``http_proxy``
+""""""""""""""
+Used to access web-based Mercurial repositories through a HTTP
+proxy.
+
+``host``
Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example
"myproxy:8000".
- no;;
+``no``
Optional. Comma-separated list of host names that should bypass
the proxy.
- passwd;;
+``passwd``
Optional. Password to authenticate with at the proxy server.
- user;;
+``user``
Optional. User name to authenticate with at the proxy server.
-[[smtp]]
-smtp::
- Configuration for extensions that need to send email messages.
- host;;
+``smtp``
+""""""""
+Configuration for extensions that need to send email messages.
+
+``host``
Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com".
- port;;
+``port``
Optional. Port to connect to on mail server. Default: 25.
- tls;;
+``tls``
Optional. Whether to connect to mail server using TLS. True or
False. Default: False.
- username;;
+``username``
Optional. User name to authenticate to SMTP server with. If
username is specified, password must also be specified.
Default: none.
- password;;
+``password``
Optional. Password to authenticate to SMTP server with. If
username is specified, password must also be specified.
Default: none.
- local_hostname;;
+``local_hostname``
Optional. It's the hostname that the sender can use to identify
itself to the MTA.
-[[patch]]
-patch::
- Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import'
- command or with Mercurial Queues extension.
- eol;;
+
+``patch``
+"""""""""
+Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import'
+command or with Mercurial Queues extension.
+
+``eol``
When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines
are preserved. When set to 'lf' or 'crlf', both files end of lines
are ignored when patching and the result line endings are
normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows).
Default: strict.
-[[paths]]
-paths::
- Assigns symbolic names to repositories. The left side is the
- symbolic name, and the right gives the directory or URL that is the
- location of the repository. Default paths can be declared by setting
- the following entries.
- default;;
+
+``paths``
+"""""""""
+Assigns symbolic names to repositories. The left side is the
+symbolic name, and the right gives the directory or URL that is the
+location of the repository. Default paths can be declared by setting
+the following entries.
+
+``default``
Directory or URL to use when pulling if no source is specified.
Default is set to repository from which the current repository was
cloned.
- default-push;;
+``default-push``
Optional. Directory or URL to use when pushing if no destination
is specified.
-[[profiling]]
-profiling::
- Specifies profiling format and file output. In this section
- description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data collected
- during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a statistical
- text report generated from the profiling data. The profiling is done
- using lsprof.
- format;;
+
+``profiling``
+"""""""""""""
+Specifies profiling format and file output. In this section
+description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data collected
+during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a statistical
+text report generated from the profiling data. The profiling is done
+using lsprof.
+
+``format``
Profiling format.
Default: text.
- text;;
+
+ ``text``
Generate a profiling report. When saving to a file, it should be
noted that only the report is saved, and the profiling data is
not kept.
- kcachegrind;;
+ ``kcachegrind``
Format profiling data for kcachegrind use: when saving to a
file, the generated file can directly be loaded into
kcachegrind.
- output;;
+``output``
File path where profiling data or report should be saved. If the
file exists, it is replaced. Default: None, data is printed on
stderr
-[[server]]
-server::
- Controls generic server settings.
- uncompressed;;
+``server``
+""""""""""
+Controls generic server settings.
+
+``uncompressed``
Whether to allow clients to clone a repository using the
uncompressed streaming protocol. This transfers about 40% more
data than a regular clone, but uses less memory and CPU on both
@@ -677,174 +695,175 @@
about 6 Mbps), uncompressed streaming is slower, because of the
extra data transfer overhead. Default is False.
-[[trusted]]
-trusted::
- For security reasons, Mercurial will not use the settings in the
- `.hg/hgrc` file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted
- user or to a trusted group. The main exception is the web interface,
- which automatically uses some safe settings, since it's common to
- serve repositories from different users.
-+
---
+
+``trusted``
+"""""""""""
+For security reasons, Mercurial will not use the settings in the
+``.hg/hgrc`` file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted
+user or to a trusted group. The main exception is the web interface,
+which automatically uses some safe settings, since it's common to
+serve repositories from different users.
+
This section specifies what users and groups are trusted. The
current user is always trusted. To trust everybody, list a user or a
-group with name "`*`".
+group with name "``*``".
-users;;
+``users``
Comma-separated list of trusted users.
-groups;;
+``groups``
Comma-separated list of trusted groups.
---
+
-[[ui]]
-ui::
- User interface controls.
-+
---
- archivemeta;;
+``ui``
+""""""
+
+User interface controls.
+
+``archivemeta``
Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data
(hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created
by the hg archive command or downloaded via hgweb.
Default is true.
- askusername;;
+``askusername``
Whether to prompt for a username when committing. If True, and
- neither `$HGUSER` nor `$EMAIL` has been specified, then the user will
+ neither ``$HGUSER`` nor ``$EMAIL`` has been specified, then the user will
be prompted to enter a username. If no username is entered, the
default USER@HOST is used instead.
Default is False.
- debug;;
+``debug``
Print debugging information. True or False. Default is False.
- editor;;
- The editor to use during a commit. Default is `$EDITOR` or "vi".
- fallbackencoding;;
+``editor``
+ The editor to use during a commit. Default is ``$EDITOR`` or "vi".
+``fallbackencoding``
Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using
UTF-8. Default is ISO-8859-1.
- ignore;;
+``ignore``
A file to read per-user ignore patterns from. This file should be
in the same format as a repository-wide .hgignore file. This
option supports hook syntax, so if you want to specify multiple
ignore files, you can do so by setting something like
- "ignore.other = ~/.hgignore2". For details of the ignore file
- format, see the hgignore(5) man page.
- interactive;;
+ "``ignore.other = ~/.hgignore2``". For details of the ignore file
+ format, see the |hgignore(5)|_ man page.
+``interactive``
Allow to prompt the user. True or False. Default is True.
- logtemplate;;
+``logtemplate``
Template string for commands that print changesets.
- merge;;
+``merge``
The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge.
There are some internal tools available:
-+
- internal:local;;
+
+ ``internal:local``
keep the local version
- internal:other;;
+ ``internal:other``
use the other version
- internal:merge;;
+ ``internal:merge``
use the internal non-interactive merge tool
- internal:fail;;
+ ``internal:fail``
fail to merge
-+
+
For more information on configuring merge tools see the
merge-tools section.
- patch;;
+``patch``
command to use to apply patches. Look for 'gpatch' or 'patch' in
PATH if unset.
- quiet;;
+``quiet``
Reduce the amount of output printed. True or False. Default is False.
- remotecmd;;
+``remotecmd``
remote command to use for clone/push/pull operations. Default is 'hg'.
- report_untrusted;;
- Warn if a `.hg/hgrc` file is ignored due to not being owned by a
+``report_untrusted``
+ Warn if a ``.hg/hgrc`` file is ignored due to not being owned by a
trusted user or group. True or False. Default is True.
- slash;;
- Display paths using a slash ("`/`") as the path separator. This
+``slash``
+ Display paths using a slash ("``/``") as the path separator. This
only makes a difference on systems where the default path
separator is not the slash character (e.g. Windows uses the
- backslash character ("`\`")).
+ backslash character ("``\``")).
Default is False.
- ssh;;
+``ssh``
command to use for SSH connections. Default is 'ssh'.
- strict;;
+``strict``
Require exact command names, instead of allowing unambiguous
abbreviations. True or False. Default is False.
- style;;
+``style``
Name of style to use for command output.
- timeout;;
+``timeout``
The timeout used when a lock is held (in seconds), a negative value
means no timeout. Default is 600.
- username;;
+``username``
The committer of a changeset created when running "commit".
Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. "Fred Widget
- <fred@example.com>". Default is `$EMAIL` or username@hostname. If
+ <fred@example.com>". Default is ``$EMAIL`` or username@hostname. If
the username in hgrc is empty, it has to be specified manually or
- in a different hgrc file (e.g. `$HOME/.hgrc`, if the admin set
+ in a different hgrc file (e.g. ``$HOME/.hgrc``, if the admin set
"username =" in the system hgrc).
- verbose;;
+``verbose``
Increase the amount of output printed. True or False. Default is False.
---
+
-[[web]]
-web::
- Web interface configuration.
- accesslog;;
+``web``
+"""""""
+Web interface configuration.
+
+``accesslog``
Where to output the access log. Default is stdout.
- address;;
+``address``
Interface address to bind to. Default is all.
- allow_archive;;
+``allow_archive``
List of archive format (bz2, gz, zip) allowed for downloading.
Default is empty.
- allowbz2;;
+``allowbz2``
(DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.bz2 downloading of repository
revisions.
Default is false.
- allowgz;;
+``allowgz``
(DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.gz downloading of repository
revisions.
Default is false.
- allowpull;;
+``allowpull``
Whether to allow pulling from the repository. Default is true.
- allow_push;;
+``allow_push``
Whether to allow pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
- push is not allowed. If the special value "`*`", any remote user can
+ push is not allowed. If the special value "``*``", any remote user can
push, including unauthenticated users. Otherwise, the remote user
must have been authenticated, and the authenticated user name must
be present in this list (separated by whitespace or ","). The
contents of the allow_push list are examined after the deny_push
list.
- allow_read;;
+``allow_read``
If the user has not already been denied repository access due to
the contents of deny_read, this list determines whether to grant
repository access to the user. If this list is not empty, and the
user is unauthenticated or not present in the list (separated by
whitespace or ","), then access is denied for the user. If the
list is empty or not set, then access is permitted to all users by
- default. Setting allow_read to the special value "`*`" is equivalent
+ default. Setting allow_read to the special value "``*``" is equivalent
to it not being set (i.e. access is permitted to all users). The
contents of the allow_read list are examined after the deny_read
list.
- allowzip;;
+``allowzip``
(DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .zip downloading of repository
revisions. Default is false. This feature creates temporary files.
- baseurl;;
+``baseurl``
Base URL to use when publishing URLs in other locations, so
third-party tools like email notification hooks can construct
URLs. Example: "http://hgserver/repos/"
- contact;;
+``contact``
Name or email address of the person in charge of the repository.
- Defaults to ui.username or `$EMAIL` or "unknown" if unset or empty.
- deny_push;;
+ Defaults to ui.username or ``$EMAIL`` or "unknown" if unset or empty.
+``deny_push``
Whether to deny pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
- push is not denied. If the special value "`*`", all remote users are
+ push is not denied. If the special value "``*``", all remote users are
denied push. Otherwise, unauthenticated users are all denied, and
any authenticated user name present in this list (separated by
whitespace or ",") is also denied. The contents of the deny_push
list are examined before the allow_push list.
- deny_read;;
+``deny_read``
Whether to deny reading/viewing of the repository. If this list is
not empty, unauthenticated users are all denied, and any
authenticated user name present in this list (separated by
whitespace or ",") is also denied access to the repository. If set
- to the special value "`*`", all remote users are denied access
+ to the special value "``*``", all remote users are denied access
(rarely needed ;). If deny_read is empty or not set, the
determination of repository access depends on the presence and
content of the allow_read list (see description). If both
@@ -854,44 +873,44 @@
the list of repositories. The contents of the deny_read list have
priority over (are examined before) the contents of the allow_read
list.
- description;;
+``description``
Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents.
Default is "unknown".
- encoding;;
+``encoding``
Character encoding name.
Example: "UTF-8"
- errorlog;;
+``errorlog``
Where to output the error log. Default is stderr.
- hidden;;
+``hidden``
Whether to hide the repository in the hgwebdir index.
Default is false.
- ipv6;;
+``ipv6``
Whether to use IPv6. Default is false.
- name;;
+``name``
Repository name to use in the web interface. Default is current
working directory.
- maxchanges;;
+``maxchanges``
Maximum number of changes to list on the changelog. Default is 10.
- maxfiles;;
+``maxfiles``
Maximum number of files to list per changeset. Default is 10.
- port;;
+``port``
Port to listen on. Default is 8000.
- prefix;;
+``prefix``
Prefix path to serve from. Default is '' (server root).
- push_ssl;;
+``push_ssl``
Whether to require that inbound pushes be transported over SSL to
prevent password sniffing. Default is true.
- staticurl;;
+``staticurl``
Base URL to use for static files. If unset, static files (e.g. the
hgicon.png favicon) will be served by the CGI script itself. Use
this setting to serve them directly with the HTTP server.
Example: "http://hgserver/static/"
- stripes;;
+``stripes``
How many lines a "zebra stripe" should span in multiline output.
Default is 1; set to 0 to disable.
- style;;
+``style``
Which template map style to use.
- templates;;
+``templates``
Where to find the HTML templates. Default is install path.
@@ -903,7 +922,7 @@
SEE ALSO
--------
-hg(1), hgignore(5)
+|hg(1)|_, |hgignore(5)|_
COPYING
-------
@@ -911,3 +930,5 @@
Mercurial is copyright 2005-2009 Matt Mackall.
Free use of this software is granted under the terms of the GNU General
Public License (GPL).
+
+.. include:: common.txt
--- a/hgext/acl.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/hgext/acl.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
Nor is it safe if remote users share an account, because then there
is no way to distinguish them.
-To use this hook, configure the acl extension in your hgrc like this:
+To use this hook, configure the acl extension in your hgrc like this::
[extensions]
hgext.acl =
@@ -35,10 +35,10 @@
# ("serve" == ssh or http, "push", "pull", "bundle")
sources = serve
-The allow and deny sections take a subtree pattern as key (with a
-glob syntax by default), and a comma separated list of users as
-the corresponding value. The deny list is checked before the allow
-list is.
+The allow and deny sections take a subtree pattern as key (with a glob
+syntax by default), and a comma separated list of users as the
+corresponding value. The deny list is checked before the allow list
+is. ::
[acl.allow]
# If acl.allow is not present, all users are allowed by default.
--- a/hgext/bookmarks.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/hgext/bookmarks.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -9,16 +9,16 @@
Bookmarks are local movable markers to changesets. Every bookmark
points to a changeset identified by its hash. If you commit a
-changeset that is based on a changeset that has a bookmark on it,
-the bookmark shifts to the new changeset.
+changeset that is based on a changeset that has a bookmark on it, the
+bookmark shifts to the new changeset.
-It is possible to use bookmark names in every revision lookup
-(e.g. hg merge, hg update).
+It is possible to use bookmark names in every revision lookup (e.g. hg
+merge, hg update).
By default, when several bookmarks point to the same changeset, they
will all move forward together. It is possible to obtain a more
git-like experience by adding the following configuration option to
-your .hgrc:
+your .hgrc::
[bookmarks]
track.current = True
@@ -249,12 +249,12 @@
key = self._bookmarks[key]
return super(bookmark_repo, self).lookup(key)
- def commit(self, *k, **kw):
+ def commitctx(self, ctx, error=False):
"""Add a revision to the repository and
move the bookmark"""
wlock = self.wlock() # do both commit and bookmark with lock held
try:
- node = super(bookmark_repo, self).commit(*k, **kw)
+ node = super(bookmark_repo, self).commitctx(ctx, error)
if node is None:
return None
parents = self.changelog.parents(node)
@@ -262,12 +262,13 @@
parents = (parents[0],)
marks = parse(self)
update = False
- for mark, n in marks.items():
- if ui.configbool('bookmarks', 'track.current'):
- if mark == current(self) and n in parents:
- marks[mark] = node
- update = True
- else:
+ if ui.configbool('bookmarks', 'track.current'):
+ mark = current(self)
+ if mark and marks[mark] in parents:
+ marks[mark] = node
+ update = True
+ else:
+ for mark, n in marks.items():
if n in parents:
marks[mark] = node
update = True
@@ -288,22 +289,25 @@
node = self.changelog.tip()
marks = parse(self)
update = False
- for mark, n in marks.items():
- if n in parents:
+ if ui.configbool('bookmarks', 'track.current'):
+ mark = current(self)
+ if mark and marks[mark] in parents:
marks[mark] = node
update = True
+ else:
+ for mark, n in marks.items():
+ if n in parents:
+ marks[mark] = node
+ update = True
if update:
write(self, marks)
return result
- def tags(self):
+ def _findtags(self):
"""Merge bookmarks with normal tags"""
- if self.tagscache:
- return self.tagscache
-
- tagscache = super(bookmark_repo, self).tags()
- tagscache.update(parse(self))
- return tagscache
+ (tags, tagtypes) = super(bookmark_repo, self)._findtags()
+ tags.update(parse(self))
+ return (tags, tagtypes)
repo.__class__ = bookmark_repo
--- a/hgext/bugzilla.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/hgext/bugzilla.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -21,65 +21,86 @@
be run by Mercurial as the user pushing the change; you will need to
ensure the Bugzilla install file permissions are set appropriately.
-Configuring the extension:
+The extension is configured through three different configuration
+sections. These keys are recognized in the [bugzilla] section:
+
+host
+ Hostname of the MySQL server holding the Bugzilla database.
+
+db
+ Name of the Bugzilla database in MySQL. Default 'bugs'.
+
+user
+ Username to use to access MySQL server. Default 'bugs'.
+
+password
+ Password to use to access MySQL server.
+
+timeout
+ Database connection timeout (seconds). Default 5.
- [bugzilla]
+version
+ Bugzilla version. Specify '3.0' for Bugzilla versions 3.0 and later,
+ '2.18' for Bugzilla versions from 2.18 and '2.16' for versions prior
+ to 2.18.
+
+bzuser
+ Fallback Bugzilla user name to record comments with, if changeset
+ committer cannot be found as a Bugzilla user.
+
+bzdir
+ Bugzilla install directory. Used by default notify. Default
+ '/var/www/html/bugzilla'.
+
+notify
+ The command to run to get Bugzilla to send bug change notification
+ emails. Substitutes from a map with 3 keys, 'bzdir', 'id' (bug id)
+ and 'user' (committer bugzilla email). Default depends on version;
+ from 2.18 it is "cd %(bzdir)s && perl -T contrib/sendbugmail.pl
+ %(id)s %(user)s".
- host Hostname of the MySQL server holding the Bugzilla
- database.
- db Name of the Bugzilla database in MySQL. Default 'bugs'.
- user Username to use to access MySQL server. Default 'bugs'.
- password Password to use to access MySQL server.
- timeout Database connection timeout (seconds). Default 5.
- version Bugzilla version. Specify '3.0' for Bugzilla versions
- 3.0 and later, '2.18' for Bugzilla versions from 2.18
- and '2.16' for versions prior to 2.18.
- bzuser Fallback Bugzilla user name to record comments with, if
- changeset committer cannot be found as a Bugzilla user.
- bzdir Bugzilla install directory. Used by default notify.
- Default '/var/www/html/bugzilla'.
- notify The command to run to get Bugzilla to send bug change
- notification emails. Substitutes from a map with 3
- keys, 'bzdir', 'id' (bug id) and 'user' (committer
- bugzilla email). Default depends on version; from 2.18
- it is "cd %(bzdir)s && perl -T contrib/sendbugmail.pl
- %(id)s %(user)s".
- regexp Regular expression to match bug IDs in changeset commit
- message. Must contain one "()" group. The default
- expression matches 'Bug 1234', 'Bug no. 1234', 'Bug
- number 1234', 'Bugs 1234,5678', 'Bug 1234 and 5678' and
- variations thereof. Matching is case insensitive.
- style The style file to use when formatting comments.
- template Template to use when formatting comments. Overrides
- style if specified. In addition to the usual Mercurial
- keywords, the extension specifies:
- {bug} The Bugzilla bug ID.
- {root} The full pathname of the Mercurial
- repository.
- {webroot} Stripped pathname of the Mercurial
- repository.
- {hgweb} Base URL for browsing Mercurial
- repositories.
- Default 'changeset {node|short} in repo {root} refers '
- 'to bug {bug}.\\ndetails:\\n\\t{desc|tabindent}'
- strip The number of slashes to strip from the front of {root}
- to produce {webroot}. Default 0.
- usermap Path of file containing Mercurial committer ID to
- Bugzilla user ID mappings. If specified, the file
- should contain one mapping per line,
- "committer"="Bugzilla user". See also the [usermap]
- section.
+regexp
+ Regular expression to match bug IDs in changeset commit message.
+ Must contain one "()" group. The default expression matches 'Bug
+ 1234', 'Bug no. 1234', 'Bug number 1234', 'Bugs 1234,5678', 'Bug
+ 1234 and 5678' and variations thereof. Matching is case insensitive.
+
+style
+ The style file to use when formatting comments.
+
+template
+ Template to use when formatting comments. Overrides style if
+ specified. In addition to the usual Mercurial keywords, the
+ extension specifies::
+
+ {bug} The Bugzilla bug ID.
+ {root} The full pathname of the Mercurial repository.
+ {webroot} Stripped pathname of the Mercurial repository.
+ {hgweb} Base URL for browsing Mercurial repositories.
- [usermap]
- Any entries in this section specify mappings of Mercurial
- committer ID to Bugzilla user ID. See also [bugzilla].usermap.
- "committer"="Bugzilla user"
+ Default 'changeset {node|short} in repo {root} refers '
+ 'to bug {bug}.\\ndetails:\\n\\t{desc|tabindent}'
+
+strip
+ The number of slashes to strip from the front of {root} to produce
+ {webroot}. Default 0.
+
+usermap
+ Path of file containing Mercurial committer ID to Bugzilla user ID
+ mappings. If specified, the file should contain one mapping per
+ line, "committer"="Bugzilla user". See also the [usermap] section.
- [web]
- baseurl Base URL for browsing Mercurial repositories. Reference
- from templates as {hgweb}.
+The [usermap] section is used to specify mappings of Mercurial
+committer ID to Bugzilla user ID. See also [bugzilla].usermap.
+"committer"="Bugzilla user"
+
+Finally, the [web] section supports one entry:
-Activating the extension:
+baseurl
+ Base URL for browsing Mercurial repositories. Reference from
+ templates as {hgweb}.
+
+Activating the extension::
[extensions]
hgext.bugzilla =
@@ -92,7 +113,7 @@
This example configuration is for a collection of Mercurial
repositories in /var/local/hg/repos/ used with a local Bugzilla 3.2
-installation in /opt/bugzilla-3.2.
+installation in /opt/bugzilla-3.2. ::
[bugzilla]
host=localhost
@@ -100,7 +121,9 @@
version=3.0
bzuser=unknown@domain.com
bzdir=/opt/bugzilla-3.2
- template=Changeset {node|short} in {root|basename}.\\n{hgweb}/{webroot}/rev/{node|short}\\n\\n{desc}\\n
+ template=Changeset {node|short} in {root|basename}.
+ {hgweb}/{webroot}/rev/{node|short}\\n
+ {desc}\\n
strip=5
[web]
@@ -109,7 +132,7 @@
[usermap]
user@emaildomain.com=user.name@bugzilladomain.com
-Commits add a comment to the Bugzilla bug record of the form:
+Commits add a comment to the Bugzilla bug record of the form::
Changeset 3b16791d6642 in repository-name.
http://dev.domain.com/hg/repository-name/rev/3b16791d6642
--- a/hgext/churn.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/hgext/churn.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
alternatively the number of matching revisions if the
--changesets option is specified.
- Examples:
+ Examples::
# display count of changed lines for every committer
hg churn -t '{author|email}'
@@ -119,12 +119,12 @@
hg churn -f '%Y' -s
It is possible to map alternate email addresses to a main address
- by providing a file using the following format:
+ by providing a file using the following format::
- <alias email> <actual email>
+ <alias email> <actual email>
- Such a file may be specified with the --aliases option, otherwise a
- .hgchurn file will be looked for in the working directory root.
+ Such a file may be specified with the --aliases option, otherwise
+ a .hgchurn file will be looked for in the working directory root.
'''
def pad(s, l):
return (s + " " * l)[:l]
@@ -143,8 +143,8 @@
if not rate:
return
- sortfn = ((not opts.get('sort')) and (lambda a, b: cmp(b[1], a[1])) or None)
- rate.sort(sortfn)
+ sortkey = ((not opts.get('sort')) and (lambda x: -x[1]) or None)
+ rate.sort(key=sortkey)
maxcount = float(max([v for k, v in rate]))
maxname = max([len(k) for k, v in rate])
--- a/hgext/color.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/hgext/color.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -29,33 +29,33 @@
function (aka ANSI escape codes). This module also provides the
render_text function, which can be used to add effects to any text.
-Default effects may be overridden from the .hgrc file:
+Default effects may be overridden from the .hgrc file::
-[color]
-status.modified = blue bold underline red_background
-status.added = green bold
-status.removed = red bold blue_background
-status.deleted = cyan bold underline
-status.unknown = magenta bold underline
-status.ignored = black bold
+ [color]
+ status.modified = blue bold underline red_background
+ status.added = green bold
+ status.removed = red bold blue_background
+ status.deleted = cyan bold underline
+ status.unknown = magenta bold underline
+ status.ignored = black bold
-# 'none' turns off all effects
-status.clean = none
-status.copied = none
+ # 'none' turns off all effects
+ status.clean = none
+ status.copied = none
-qseries.applied = blue bold underline
-qseries.unapplied = black bold
-qseries.missing = red bold
+ qseries.applied = blue bold underline
+ qseries.unapplied = black bold
+ qseries.missing = red bold
-diff.diffline = bold
-diff.extended = cyan bold
-diff.file_a = red bold
-diff.file_b = green bold
-diff.hunk = magenta
-diff.deleted = red
-diff.inserted = green
-diff.changed = white
-diff.trailingwhitespace = bold red_background
+ diff.diffline = bold
+ diff.extended = cyan bold
+ diff.file_a = red bold
+ diff.file_b = green bold
+ diff.hunk = magenta
+ diff.deleted = red
+ diff.inserted = green
+ diff.changed = white
+ diff.trailingwhitespace = bold red_background
'''
import os, sys
@@ -146,9 +146,9 @@
for patch in patches:
patchname = patch
if opts['summary']:
- patchname = patchname.split(': ')[0]
+ patchname = patchname.split(': ', 1)[0]
if ui.verbose:
- patchname = patchname.split(' ', 2)[-1]
+ patchname = patchname.lstrip().split(' ', 2)[-1]
if opts['missing']:
effects = _patch_effects['missing']
@@ -158,7 +158,9 @@
effects = _patch_effects['applied']
else:
effects = _patch_effects['unapplied']
- ui.write(render_effects(patch, effects) + '\n')
+
+ patch = patch.replace(patchname, render_effects(patchname, effects), 1)
+ ui.write(patch + '\n')
return retval
_patch_effects = { 'applied': ['blue', 'bold', 'underline'],
--- a/hgext/convert/__init__.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/hgext/convert/__init__.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
"""convert a foreign SCM repository to a Mercurial one.
Accepted source formats [identifiers]:
+
- Mercurial [hg]
- CVS [cvs]
- Darcs [darcs]
@@ -30,6 +31,7 @@
- Perforce [p4]
Accepted destination formats [identifiers]:
+
- Mercurial [hg]
- Subversion [svn] (history on branches is not preserved)
@@ -41,23 +43,28 @@
basename of the source with '-hg' appended. If the destination
repository doesn't exist, it will be created.
- By default, all sources except Mercurial will use
- --branchsort. Mercurial uses --sourcesort to preserve original
- revision numbers order. Sort modes have the following effects:
- --branchsort: convert from parent to child revision when
- possible, which means branches are usually converted one after
- the other. It generates more compact repositories.
- --datesort: sort revisions by date. Converted repositories have
- good-looking changelogs but are often an order of magnitude
- larger than the same ones generated by --branchsort.
- --sourcesort: try to preserve source revisions order, only
- supported by Mercurial sources.
+ By default, all sources except Mercurial will use --branchsort.
+ Mercurial uses --sourcesort to preserve original revision numbers
+ order. Sort modes have the following effects:
+
+ --branchsort convert from parent to child revision when possible,
+ which means branches are usually converted one after
+ the other. It generates more compact repositories.
+
+ --datesort sort revisions by date. Converted repositories have
+ good-looking changelogs but are often an order of
+ magnitude larger than the same ones generated by
+ --branchsort.
+
+ --sourcesort try to preserve source revisions order, only
+ supported by Mercurial sources.
If <REVMAP> isn't given, it will be put in a default location
(<dest>/.hg/shamap by default). The <REVMAP> is a simple text file
that maps each source commit ID to the destination ID for that
- revision, like so:
- <source ID> <destination ID>
+ revision, like so::
+
+ <source ID> <destination ID>
If the file doesn't exist, it's automatically created. It's
updated on each commit copied, so convert-repo can be interrupted
@@ -71,7 +78,7 @@
The filemap is a file that allows filtering and remapping of files
and directories. Comment lines start with '#'. Each line can
- contain one of the following directives:
+ contain one of the following directives::
include path/to/file
@@ -81,11 +88,11 @@
The 'include' directive causes a file, or all files under a
directory, to be included in the destination repository, and the
- exclusion of all other files and directories not explicitly included.
- The 'exclude' directive causes files or directories to be omitted.
- The 'rename' directive renames a file or directory. To rename from
- a subdirectory into the root of the repository, use '.' as the
- path to rename to.
+ exclusion of all other files and directories not explicitly
+ included. The 'exclude' directive causes files or directories to
+ be omitted. The 'rename' directive renames a file or directory. To
+ rename from a subdirectory into the root of the repository, use
+ '.' as the path to rename to.
The splicemap is a file that allows insertion of synthetic
history, letting you specify the parents of a revision. This is
@@ -110,7 +117,7 @@
in one repository from "default" to a named branch.
Mercurial Source
- -----------------
+ ----------------
--config convert.hg.ignoreerrors=False (boolean)
ignore integrity errors when reading. Use it to fix Mercurial
@@ -138,36 +145,38 @@
Because CVS does not have changesets, it is necessary to collect
individual commits to CVS and merge them into changesets. CVS
source uses its internal changeset merging code by default but can
- be configured to call the external 'cvsps' program by setting:
- --config convert.cvsps='cvsps -A -u --cvs-direct -q'
+ be configured to call the external 'cvsps' program by setting::
+
+ --config convert.cvsps='cvsps -A -u --cvs-direct -q'
+
This option is deprecated and will be removed in Mercurial 1.4.
The options shown are the defaults.
- Internal cvsps is selected by setting
- --config convert.cvsps=builtin
+ Internal cvsps is selected by setting ::
+
+ --config convert.cvsps=builtin
+
and has a few more configurable options:
- --config convert.cvsps.cache=True (boolean)
- Set to False to disable remote log caching, for testing and
- debugging purposes.
- --config convert.cvsps.fuzz=60 (integer)
- Specify the maximum time (in seconds) that is allowed
- between commits with identical user and log message in a
- single changeset. When very large files were checked in as
- part of a changeset then the default may not be long
- enough.
- --config convert.cvsps.mergeto='{{mergetobranch ([-\\w]+)}}'
- Specify a regular expression to which commit log messages
- are matched. If a match occurs, then the conversion
- process will insert a dummy revision merging the branch on
- which this log message occurs to the branch indicated in
- the regex.
- --config convert.cvsps.mergefrom='{{mergefrombranch ([-\\w]+)}}'
- Specify a regular expression to which commit log messages
- are matched. If a match occurs, then the conversion
- process will add the most recent revision on the branch
- indicated in the regex as the second parent of the
- changeset.
+
+ --config convert.cvsps.cache=True (boolean)
+ Set to False to disable remote log caching, for testing and
+ debugging purposes.
+ --config convert.cvsps.fuzz=60 (integer)
+ Specify the maximum time (in seconds) that is allowed between
+ commits with identical user and log message in a single
+ changeset. When very large files were checked in as part of a
+ changeset then the default may not be long enough.
+ --config convert.cvsps.mergeto='{{mergetobranch ([-\\w]+)}}'
+ Specify a regular expression to which commit log messages are
+ matched. If a match occurs, then the conversion process will
+ insert a dummy revision merging the branch on which this log
+ message occurs to the branch indicated in the regex.
+ --config convert.cvsps.mergefrom='{{mergefrombranch ([-\\w]+)}}'
+ Specify a regular expression to which commit log messages are
+ matched. If a match occurs, then the conversion process will
+ add the most recent revision on the branch indicated in the
+ regex as the second parent of the changeset.
The hgext/convert/cvsps wrapper script allows the builtin
changeset merging code to be run without doing a conversion. Its
@@ -217,7 +226,6 @@
--config convert.p4.startrev=0 (perforce changelist number)
specify initial Perforce revision.
-
Mercurial Destination
---------------------
--- a/hgext/convert/cvs.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/hgext/convert/cvs.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -38,8 +38,8 @@
self.lastbranch = {}
self.parent = {}
self.socket = None
- self.cvsroot = file(os.path.join(cvs, "Root")).read()[:-1]
- self.cvsrepo = file(os.path.join(cvs, "Repository")).read()[:-1]
+ self.cvsroot = open(os.path.join(cvs, "Root")).read()[:-1]
+ self.cvsrepo = open(os.path.join(cvs, "Repository")).read()[:-1]
self.encoding = locale.getpreferredencoding()
self._connect()
--- a/hgext/convert/cvsps.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/hgext/convert/cvsps.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -12,13 +12,6 @@
from mercurial import util
from mercurial.i18n import _
-def listsort(list, key):
- "helper to sort by key in Python 2.3"
- try:
- list.sort(key=key)
- except TypeError:
- list.sort(lambda l, r: cmp(key(l), key(r)))
-
class logentry(object):
'''Class logentry has the following attributes:
.author - author name as CVS knows it
@@ -130,7 +123,7 @@
# Get the real directory in the repository
try:
- prefix = file(os.path.join('CVS','Repository')).read().strip()
+ prefix = open(os.path.join('CVS','Repository')).read().strip()
if prefix == ".":
prefix = ""
directory = prefix
@@ -142,7 +135,7 @@
# Use the Root file in the sandbox, if it exists
try:
- root = file(os.path.join('CVS','Root')).read().strip()
+ root = open(os.path.join('CVS','Root')).read().strip()
except IOError:
pass
@@ -175,7 +168,7 @@
if cache == 'update':
try:
ui.note(_('reading cvs log cache %s\n') % cachefile)
- oldlog = pickle.load(file(cachefile))
+ oldlog = pickle.load(open(cachefile))
ui.note(_('cache has %d log entries\n') % len(oldlog))
except Exception, e:
ui.note(_('error reading cache: %r\n') % e)
@@ -419,7 +412,7 @@
if len(log) % 100 == 0:
ui.status(util.ellipsis('%d %s' % (len(log), e.file), 80)+'\n')
- listsort(log, key=lambda x:(x.rcs, x.revision))
+ log.sort(key=lambda x: (x.rcs, x.revision))
# find parent revisions of individual files
versions = {}
@@ -435,7 +428,7 @@
if cache:
if log:
# join up the old and new logs
- listsort(log, key=lambda x:x.date)
+ log.sort(key=lambda x: x.date)
if oldlog and oldlog[-1].date >= log[0].date:
raise logerror('Log cache overlaps with new log entries,'
@@ -445,7 +438,7 @@
# write the new cachefile
ui.note(_('writing cvs log cache %s\n') % cachefile)
- pickle.dump(log, file(cachefile, 'w'))
+ pickle.dump(log, open(cachefile, 'w'))
else:
log = oldlog
@@ -484,7 +477,7 @@
# Merge changesets
- listsort(log, key=lambda x:(x.comment, x.author, x.branch, x.date))
+ log.sort(key=lambda x: (x.comment, x.author, x.branch, x.date))
changesets = []
files = set()
--- a/hgext/convert/hg.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/hgext/convert/hg.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@
tagparent = nullid
try:
- oldlines = sorted(parentctx['.hgtags'].data().splitlines(1))
+ oldlines = sorted(parentctx['.hgtags'].data().splitlines(True))
except:
oldlines = []
--- a/hgext/convert/p4.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/hgext/convert/p4.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
# list with depot pathnames, longest first
vieworder = views.keys()
- vieworder.sort(key=lambda x: -len(x))
+ vieworder.sort(key=len, reverse=True)
# handle revision limiting
startrev = self.ui.config('convert', 'p4.startrev', default=0)
--- a/hgext/convert/subversion.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/hgext/convert/subversion.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -2,7 +2,6 @@
#
# Copyright(C) 2007 Daniel Holth et al
-import locale
import os
import re
import sys
--- a/hgext/extdiff.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/hgext/extdiff.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -7,14 +7,14 @@
'''command to allow external programs to compare revisions
-The `extdiff' Mercurial extension allows you to use external programs
-to compare revisions, or revision with working directory. The external diff
-programs are called with a configurable set of options and two
+The extdiff Mercurial extension allows you to use external programs
+to compare revisions, or revision with working directory. The external
+diff programs are called with a configurable set of options and two
non-option arguments: paths to directories containing snapshots of
files to compare.
-The `extdiff' extension also allows to configure new diff commands, so
-you do not need to type "hg extdiff -p kdiff3" always.
+The extdiff extension also allows to configure new diff commands, so
+you do not need to type "hg extdiff -p kdiff3" always. ::
[extdiff]
# add new command that runs GNU diff(1) in 'context diff' mode
@@ -30,13 +30,13 @@
meld =
# add new command called vimdiff, runs gvimdiff with DirDiff plugin
- # (see http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=102)
- # Non English user, be sure to put "let g:DirDiffDynamicDiffText = 1" in
+ # (see http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=102) Non
+ # English user, be sure to put "let g:DirDiffDynamicDiffText = 1" in
# your .vimrc
vimdiff = gvim -f '+next' '+execute "DirDiff" argv(0) argv(1)'
You can use -I/-X and list of file or directory names like normal "hg
-diff" command. The `extdiff' extension makes snapshots of only needed
+diff" command. The extdiff extension makes snapshots of only needed
files, so running the external diff program will actually be pretty
fast (at least faster than having to compare the entire tree).
'''
@@ -211,18 +211,17 @@
'''use closure to save diff command to use'''
def mydiff(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
return dodiff(ui, repo, path, diffopts, pats, opts)
- mydiff.__doc__ = '''use %(path)s to diff repository (or selected files)
+ mydiff.__doc__ = _('''\
+use %(path)s to diff repository (or selected files)
- Show differences between revisions for the specified
- files, using the %(path)s program.
+ Show differences between revisions for the specified files, using the
+ %(path)s program.
- When two revision arguments are given, then changes are
- shown between those revisions. If only one revision is
- specified then that revision is compared to the working
- directory, and, when no revisions are specified, the
- working directory files are compared to its parent.''' % {
- 'path': util.uirepr(path),
- }
+ When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown between
+ those revisions. If only one revision is specified then that revision is
+ compared to the working directory, and, when no revisions are specified,
+ the working directory files are compared to its parent.\
+''') % dict(path=util.uirepr(path))
return mydiff
cmdtable[cmd] = (save(cmd, path, diffopts),
cmdtable['extdiff'][1][1:],
--- a/hgext/graphlog.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/hgext/graphlog.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
else:
nodeline[2 * end] = "+"
if start > end:
- (start, end) = (end,start)
+ (start, end) = (end, start)
for i in range(2 * start + 1, 2 * end):
if nodeline[i] != "+":
nodeline[i] = "-"
--- a/hgext/hgcia.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/hgext/hgcia.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -3,38 +3,38 @@
"""hooks for integrating with the CIA.vc notification service
-This is meant to be run as a changegroup or incoming hook.
-To configure it, set the following options in your hgrc:
+This is meant to be run as a changegroup or incoming hook. To
+configure it, set the following options in your hgrc::
-[cia]
-# your registered CIA user name
-user = foo
-# the name of the project in CIA
-project = foo
-# the module (subproject) (optional)
-#module = foo
-# Append a diffstat to the log message (optional)
-#diffstat = False
-# Template to use for log messages (optional)
-#template = {desc}\\n{baseurl}/rev/{node}-- {diffstat}
-# Style to use (optional)
-#style = foo
-# The URL of the CIA notification service (optional)
-# You can use mailto: URLs to send by email, eg
-# mailto:cia@cia.vc
-# Make sure to set email.from if you do this.
-#url = http://cia.vc/
-# print message instead of sending it (optional)
-#test = False
+ [cia]
+ # your registered CIA user name
+ user = foo
+ # the name of the project in CIA
+ project = foo
+ # the module (subproject) (optional)
+ #module = foo
+ # Append a diffstat to the log message (optional)
+ #diffstat = False
+ # Template to use for log messages (optional)
+ #template = {desc}\\n{baseurl}/rev/{node}-- {diffstat}
+ # Style to use (optional)
+ #style = foo
+ # The URL of the CIA notification service (optional)
+ # You can use mailto: URLs to send by email, eg
+ # mailto:cia@cia.vc
+ # Make sure to set email.from if you do this.
+ #url = http://cia.vc/
+ # print message instead of sending it (optional)
+ #test = False
-[hooks]
-# one of these:
-changegroup.cia = python:hgcia.hook
-#incoming.cia = python:hgcia.hook
+ [hooks]
+ # one of these:
+ changegroup.cia = python:hgcia.hook
+ #incoming.cia = python:hgcia.hook
-[web]
-# If you want hyperlinks (optional)
-baseurl = http://server/path/to/repo
+ [web]
+ # If you want hyperlinks (optional)
+ baseurl = http://server/path/to/repo
"""
from mercurial.i18n import _
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@
msg['From'] = self.emailfrom
msg['Subject'] = 'DeliverXML'
msg['Content-type'] = 'text/xml'
- msgtext = msg.as_string(0)
+ msgtext = msg.as_string()
self.ui.status(_('hgcia: sending update to %s\n') % address)
mail.sendmail(self.ui, util.email(self.emailfrom),
--- a/hgext/hgk.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/hgext/hgk.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -19,19 +19,20 @@
The hg view command will launch the hgk Tcl script. For this command
to work, hgk must be in your search path. Alternately, you can specify
-the path to hgk in your .hgrc file:
+the path to hgk in your .hgrc file::
[hgk]
path=/location/of/hgk
hgk can make use of the extdiff extension to visualize revisions.
-Assuming you had already configured extdiff vdiff command, just add:
+Assuming you had already configured extdiff vdiff command, just add::
[hgk]
vdiff=vdiff
Revisions context menu will now display additional entries to fire
-vdiff on hovered and selected revisions.'''
+vdiff on hovered and selected revisions.
+'''
import os
from mercurial import commands, util, patch, revlog, cmdutil
--- a/hgext/highlight/__init__.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/hgext/highlight/__init__.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -13,10 +13,10 @@
It depends on the Pygments syntax highlighting library:
http://pygments.org/
-There is a single configuration option:
+There is a single configuration option::
-[web]
-pygments_style = <style>
+ [web]
+ pygments_style = <style>
The default is 'colorful'.
"""
--- a/hgext/inotify/server.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/hgext/inotify/server.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -89,7 +89,11 @@
yield fullpath, dirs, files
except OSError, err:
- if err.errno not in walk_ignored_errors:
+ if err.errno == errno.ENOTDIR:
+ # fullpath was a directory, but has since been replaced
+ # by a file.
+ yield fullpath, dirs, files
+ elif err.errno not in walk_ignored_errors:
raise
return walkit(root, root == '')
@@ -201,6 +205,92 @@
return wrapper
return decorator
+class directory(object):
+ """
+ Representing a directory
+
+ * path is the relative path from repo root to this directory
+ * files is a dict listing the files in this directory
+ - keys are file names
+ - values are file status
+ * dirs is a dict listing the subdirectories
+ - key are subdirectories names
+ - values are directory objects
+ """
+ def __init__(self, relpath=''):
+ self.path = relpath
+ self.files = {}
+ self.dirs = {}
+
+ def dir(self, relpath):
+ """
+ Returns the directory contained at the relative path relpath.
+ Creates the intermediate directories if necessary.
+ """
+ if not relpath:
+ return self
+ l = relpath.split('/')
+ ret = self
+ while l:
+ next = l.pop(0)
+ try:
+ ret = ret.dirs[next]
+ except KeyError:
+ d = directory(join(ret.path, next))
+ ret.dirs[next] = d
+ ret = d
+ return ret
+
+ def walk(self, states):
+ """
+ yield (filename, status) pairs for items in the trees
+ that have status in states.
+ filenames are relative to the repo root
+ """
+ for file, st in self.files.iteritems():
+ if st in states:
+ yield join(self.path, file), st
+ for dir in self.dirs.itervalues():
+ for e in dir.walk(states):
+ yield e
+
+ def lookup(self, states, path):
+ """
+ yield root-relative filenames that match path, and whose
+ status are in states:
+ * if path is a file, yield path
+ * if path is a directory, yield directory files
+ * if path is not tracked, yield nothing
+ """
+ if path[-1] == '/':
+ path = path[:-1]
+
+ paths = path.split('/')
+
+ # we need to check separately for last node
+ last = paths.pop()
+
+ tree = self
+ try:
+ for dir in paths:
+ tree = tree.dirs[dir]
+ except KeyError:
+ # path is not tracked
+ return
+
+ try:
+ # if path is a directory, walk it
+ for file, st in tree.dirs[last].walk(states):
+ yield file
+ except KeyError:
+ try:
+ if tree.files[last] in states:
+ # path is a file
+ yield path
+ except KeyError:
+ # path is not tracked
+ pass
+
class repowatcher(pollable):
"""
Watches inotify events
@@ -231,9 +321,9 @@
self.threshold = watcher.threshold(self.watcher)
self.fileno = self.watcher.fileno
- self.tree = {}
+ self.tree = directory()
self.statcache = {}
- self.statustrees = dict([(s, {}) for s in self.statuskeys])
+ self.statustrees = dict([(s, directory()) for s in self.statuskeys])
self.last_event = None
@@ -288,23 +378,6 @@
self.add_watch(self.repo.path, inotify.IN_DELETE)
self.check_dirstate()
- def dir(self, tree, path):
- if path:
- for name in path.split('/'):
- tree = tree.setdefault(name, {})
- return tree
-
- def lookup(self, path, tree):
- if path:
- try:
- for name in path.split('/'):
- tree = tree[name]
- except KeyError:
- return 'x'
- except TypeError:
- return 'd'
- return tree
-
def filestatus(self, fn, st):
try:
type_, mode, size, time = self.repo.dirstate._map[fn][:4]
@@ -350,53 +423,47 @@
def _updatestatus(self, wfn, newstatus):
'''
- Update the stored status of a file or directory.
+ Update the stored status of a file.
newstatus: - char in (statuskeys + 'ni'), new status to apply.
- or None, to stop tracking wfn
'''
root, fn = split(wfn)
- d = self.dir(self.tree, root)
+ d = self.tree.dir(root)
- oldstatus = d.get(fn)
+ oldstatus = d.files.get(fn)
# oldstatus can be either:
# - None : fn is new
# - a char in statuskeys: fn is a (tracked) file
- # - a dict: fn is a directory
- isdir = isinstance(oldstatus, dict)
if self.ui.debugflag and oldstatus != newstatus:
- if isdir:
- self.ui.note(_('status: %r dir(%d) -> %s\n') %
- (wfn, len(oldstatus), newstatus))
- else:
- self.ui.note(_('status: %r %s -> %s\n') %
+ self.ui.note(_('status: %r %s -> %s\n') %
(wfn, oldstatus, newstatus))
- if not isdir:
- if oldstatus and oldstatus in self.statuskeys \
- and oldstatus != newstatus:
- del self.dir(self.statustrees[oldstatus], root)[fn]
- if newstatus and newstatus != 'i':
- d[fn] = newstatus
- if newstatus in self.statuskeys:
- dd = self.dir(self.statustrees[newstatus], root)
- if oldstatus != newstatus or fn not in dd:
- dd[fn] = newstatus
- else:
- d.pop(fn, None)
+
+ if oldstatus and oldstatus in self.statuskeys \
+ and oldstatus != newstatus:
+ del self.statustrees[oldstatus].dir(root).files[fn]
+ if newstatus and newstatus != 'i':
+ d.files[fn] = newstatus
+ if newstatus in self.statuskeys:
+ dd = self.statustrees[newstatus].dir(root)
+ if oldstatus != newstatus or fn not in dd.files:
+ dd.files[fn] = newstatus
+ else:
+ d.files.pop(fn, None)
def check_deleted(self, key):
# Files that had been deleted but were present in the dirstate
# may have vanished from the dirstate; we must clean them up.
nuke = []
- for wfn, ignore in self.walk(key, self.statustrees[key]):
+ for wfn, ignore in self.statustrees[key].walk(key):
if wfn not in self.repo.dirstate:
nuke.append(wfn)
for wfn in nuke:
root, fn = split(wfn)
- del self.dir(self.statustrees[key], root)[fn]
- del self.dir(self.tree, root)[fn]
+ del self.statustrees[key].dir(root).files[fn]
+ del self.tree.dir(root).files[fn]
def scan(self, topdir=''):
ds = self.repo.dirstate._map.copy()
@@ -438,18 +505,6 @@
self.scan()
self.ui.note(_('%s end dirstate reload\n') % self.event_time())
- def walk(self, states, tree, prefix=''):
- # This is the "inner loop" when talking to the client.
-
- for name, val in tree.iteritems():
- path = join(prefix, name)
- try:
- if val in states:
- yield path, val
- except TypeError:
- for p in self.walk(states, val, path):
- yield p
-
def update_hgignore(self):
# An update of the ignore file can potentially change the
# states of all unknown and ignored files.
@@ -537,9 +592,10 @@
(self.event_time(), wpath))
if evt.mask & inotify.IN_ISDIR:
- tree = self.dir(self.tree, wpath).copy()
- for wfn, ignore in self.walk('?', tree):
- self.deletefile(join(wpath, wfn), '?')
+ tree = self.tree.dir(wpath)
+ todelete = [wfn for wfn, ignore in tree.walk('?')]
+ for fn in todelete:
+ self.deletefile(fn, '?')
self.scan(wpath)
else:
self.deleted(wpath)
@@ -580,6 +636,12 @@
assert evt.fullpath.startswith(self.wprefix)
wpath = evt.fullpath[len(self.wprefix):]
+ # paths have been normalized, wpath never ends with a '/'
+
+ if wpath.startswith('.hg/') and evt.mask & inotify.IN_ISDIR:
+ # ignore subdirectories of .hg/ (merge, patches...)
+ continue
+
if evt.mask & inotify.IN_UNMOUNT:
self.process_unmount(wpath, evt)
elif evt.mask & (inotify.IN_MODIFY | inotify.IN_ATTRIB):
@@ -669,18 +731,13 @@
if not names:
def genresult(states, tree):
- for fn, state in self.repowatcher.walk(states, tree):
+ for fn, state in tree.walk(states):
yield fn
else:
def genresult(states, tree):
for fn in names:
- l = self.repowatcher.lookup(fn, tree)
- try:
- if l in states:
- yield fn
- except TypeError:
- for f, s in self.repowatcher.walk(states, l, fn):
- yield f
+ for f in tree.lookup(states, fn):
+ yield f
return ['\0'.join(r) for r in [
genresult('l', self.repowatcher.statustrees['l']),
--- a/hgext/interhg.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/hgext/interhg.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -10,12 +10,12 @@
'''expand expressions into changelog and summaries
-This extension allows the use of a special syntax in summaries,
-which will be automatically expanded into links or any other
-arbitrary expression, much like InterWiki does.
+This extension allows the use of a special syntax in summaries, which
+will be automatically expanded into links or any other arbitrary
+expression, much like InterWiki does.
-A few example patterns (link to bug tracking, etc.) that may
-be used in your hgrc:
+A few example patterns (link to bug tracking, etc.) that may be used
+in your hgrc::
[interhg]
issues = s!issue(\\d+)!<a href="http://bts/issue\\1">issue\\1</a>!
--- a/hgext/keyword.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/hgext/keyword.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -38,15 +38,15 @@
Configuration is done in the [keyword] and [keywordmaps] sections of
hgrc files.
-Example:
+Example::
[keyword]
# expand keywords in every python file except those matching "x*"
**.py =
x* = ignore
-Note: the more specific you are in your filename patterns
- the less you lose speed in huge repositories.
+NOTE: the more specific you are in your filename patterns the less you
+lose speed in huge repositories.
For [keywordmaps] template mapping and expansion demonstration and
control run "hg kwdemo".
@@ -70,15 +70,15 @@
have been checked in.
Expansions spanning more than one line and incremental expansions,
-like CVS' $Log$, are not supported. A keyword template map
-"Log = {desc}" expands to the first line of the changeset description.
+like CVS' $Log$, are not supported. A keyword template map "Log =
+{desc}" expands to the first line of the changeset description.
'''
from mercurial import commands, cmdutil, dispatch, filelog, revlog, extensions
from mercurial import patch, localrepo, templater, templatefilters, util, match
from mercurial.hgweb import webcommands
from mercurial.lock import release
-from mercurial.node import nullid, hex
+from mercurial.node import nullid
from mercurial.i18n import _
import re, shutil, tempfile, time
@@ -125,9 +125,8 @@
kwmaps = self.ui.configitems('keywordmaps')
if kwmaps: # override default templates
- kwmaps = [(k, templater.parsestring(v, False))
- for (k, v) in kwmaps]
- self.templates = dict(kwmaps)
+ self.templates = dict((k, templater.parsestring(v, False))
+ for k, v in kwmaps)
escaped = map(re.escape, self.templates.keys())
kwpat = r'\$(%s)(: [^$\n\r]*? )??\$' % '|'.join(escaped)
self.re_kw = re.compile(kwpat)
@@ -277,10 +276,10 @@
Show current, custom, or default keyword template maps and their
expansions.
- Extend current configuration by specifying maps as arguments and
- optionally by reading from an additional hgrc file.
+ Extend the current configuration by specifying maps as arguments
+ and using -f/--rcfile to source an external hgrc file.
- Override current keyword template maps with "default" option.
+ Use -d/--default to disable current configuration.
'''
def demoitems(section, items):
ui.write('[%s]\n' % section)
@@ -288,40 +287,47 @@
ui.write('%s = %s\n' % (k, v))
msg = 'hg keyword config and expansion example'
- kwstatus = 'current'
fn = 'demo.txt'
branchname = 'demobranch'
tmpdir = tempfile.mkdtemp('', 'kwdemo.')
ui.note(_('creating temporary repository at %s\n') % tmpdir)
repo = localrepo.localrepository(ui, tmpdir, True)
ui.setconfig('keyword', fn, '')
+
+ uikwmaps = ui.configitems('keywordmaps')
if args or opts.get('rcfile'):
- kwstatus = 'custom'
- if opts.get('rcfile'):
- ui.readconfig(opts.get('rcfile'))
- if opts.get('default'):
- kwstatus = 'default'
+ ui.status(_('\n\tconfiguration using custom keyword template maps\n'))
+ if uikwmaps:
+ ui.status(_('\textending current template maps\n'))
+ if opts.get('default') or not uikwmaps:
+ ui.status(_('\toverriding default template maps\n'))
+ if opts.get('rcfile'):
+ ui.readconfig(opts.get('rcfile'))
+ if args:
+ # simulate hgrc parsing
+ rcmaps = ['[keywordmaps]\n'] + [a + '\n' for a in args]
+ fp = repo.opener('hgrc', 'w')
+ fp.writelines(rcmaps)
+ fp.close()
+ ui.readconfig(repo.join('hgrc'))
+ kwmaps = dict(ui.configitems('keywordmaps'))
+ elif opts.get('default'):
+ ui.status(_('\n\tconfiguration using default keyword template maps\n'))
kwmaps = kwtemplater.templates
- if ui.configitems('keywordmaps'):
- # override maps from optional rcfile
+ if uikwmaps:
+ ui.status(_('\tdisabling current template maps\n'))
for k, v in kwmaps.iteritems():
ui.setconfig('keywordmaps', k, v)
- elif args:
- # simulate hgrc parsing
- rcmaps = ['[keywordmaps]\n'] + [a + '\n' for a in args]
- fp = repo.opener('hgrc', 'w')
- fp.writelines(rcmaps)
- fp.close()
- ui.readconfig(repo.join('hgrc'))
- if not opts.get('default'):
- kwmaps = dict(ui.configitems('keywordmaps')) or kwtemplater.templates
+ else:
+ ui.status(_('\n\tconfiguration using current keyword template maps\n'))
+ kwmaps = dict(uikwmaps) or kwtemplater.templates
+
uisetup(ui)
reposetup(ui, repo)
for k, v in ui.configitems('extensions'):
if k.endswith('keyword'):
extension = '%s = %s' % (k, v)
break
- ui.status(_('\n\tconfig using %s keyword template maps\n') % kwstatus)
ui.write('[extensions]\n%s\n' % extension)
demoitems('keyword', ui.configitems('keyword'))
demoitems('keywordmaps', kwmaps.iteritems())
@@ -329,7 +335,7 @@
repo.wopener(fn, 'w').write(keywords)
repo.add([fn])
path = repo.wjoin(fn)
- ui.note(_('\n%s keywords written to %s:\n') % (kwstatus, path))
+ ui.note(_('\nkeywords written to %s:\n') % path)
ui.note(keywords)
ui.note('\nhg -R "%s" branch "%s"\n' % (tmpdir, branchname))
# silence branch command if not verbose
@@ -343,8 +349,7 @@
ui.note(_('unhooked all commit hooks\n'))
ui.note('hg -R "%s" ci -m "%s"\n' % (tmpdir, msg))
repo.commit(text=msg)
- fmt = ui.verbose and ' in %s' % path or ''
- ui.status(_('\n\t%s keywords expanded%s\n') % (kwstatus, fmt))
+ ui.status(_('\n\tkeywords expanded\n'))
ui.write(repo.wread(fn))
ui.debug(_('\nremoving temporary repository %s\n') % tmpdir)
shutil.rmtree(tmpdir, ignore_errors=True)
@@ -366,8 +371,8 @@
[keyword] configuration patterns.
Useful to prevent inadvertent keyword expansion and to speed up
- execution by including only files that are actual candidates
- for expansion.
+ execution by including only files that are actual candidates for
+ expansion.
See "hg help keyword" on how to construct patterns both for
inclusion and exclusion of files.
@@ -375,11 +380,12 @@
Use -u/--untracked to list untracked files as well.
With -a/--all and -v/--verbose the codes used to show the status
- of files are:
- K = keyword expansion candidate
- k = keyword expansion candidate (untracked)
- I = ignored
- i = ignored (untracked)
+ of files are::
+
+ K = keyword expansion candidate
+ k = keyword expansion candidate (untracked)
+ I = ignored
+ i = ignored (untracked)
'''
kwt = kwtools['templater']
status = _status(ui, repo, kwt, opts.get('untracked'), *pats, **opts)
@@ -496,7 +502,8 @@
release(lock, wlock)
# monkeypatches
- def kwpatchfile_init(orig, self, ui, fname, opener, missing=False, eol=None):
+ def kwpatchfile_init(orig, self, ui, fname, opener,
+ missing=False, eol=None):
'''Monkeypatch/wrap patch.patchfile.__init__ to avoid
rejects or conflicts due to expanded keywords in working dir.'''
orig(self, ui, fname, opener, missing, eol)
--- a/hgext/mq.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/hgext/mq.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -14,19 +14,19 @@
Known patches are represented as patch files in the .hg/patches
directory. Applied patches are both patch files and changesets.
-Common tasks (use "hg help command" for more details):
+Common tasks (use "hg help command" for more details)::
-prepare repository to work with patches qinit
-create new patch qnew
-import existing patch qimport
+ prepare repository to work with patches qinit
+ create new patch qnew
+ import existing patch qimport
-print patch series qseries
-print applied patches qapplied
-print name of top applied patch qtop
+ print patch series qseries
+ print applied patches qapplied
+ print name of top applied patch qtop
-add known patch to applied stack qpush
-remove patch from applied stack qpop
-refresh contents of top applied patch qrefresh
+ add known patch to applied stack qpush
+ remove patch from applied stack qpop
+ refresh contents of top applied patch qrefresh
'''
from mercurial.i18n import _
@@ -556,7 +556,7 @@
if not pushable:
self.explain_pushable(patchname, all_patches=True)
continue
- self.ui.warn(_("applying %s\n") % patchname)
+ self.ui.status(_("applying %s\n") % patchname)
pf = os.path.join(patchdir, patchname)
try:
@@ -1081,6 +1081,8 @@
except: pass
repo.dirstate.forget(f)
repo.dirstate.setparents(qp, nullid)
+ for patch in reversed(self.applied[start:end]):
+ self.ui.status(_("popping %s\n") % patch.name)
del self.applied[start:end]
self.strip(repo, rev, update=False, backup='strip')
if len(self.applied):
@@ -1344,19 +1346,24 @@
def qseries(self, repo, missing=None, start=0, length=None, status=None,
summary=False):
- def displayname(patchname):
+ def displayname(pfx, patchname):
if summary:
ph = patchheader(self.join(patchname))
msg = ph.message
msg = msg and ': ' + msg[0] or ': '
else:
msg = ''
- return '%s%s' % (patchname, msg)
+ msg = "%s%s%s" % (pfx, patchname, msg)
+ if self.ui.interactive():
+ msg = util.ellipsis(msg, util.termwidth())
+ self.ui.write(msg + '\n')
applied = set([p.name for p in self.applied])
if length is None:
length = len(self.series) - start
if not missing:
+ if self.ui.verbose:
+ idxwidth = len(str(start+length - 1))
for i in xrange(start, start+length):
patch = self.series[i]
if patch in applied:
@@ -1367,10 +1374,10 @@
stat = 'G'
pfx = ''
if self.ui.verbose:
- pfx = '%d %s ' % (i, stat)
+ pfx = '%*d %s ' % (idxwidth, i, stat)
elif status and status != stat:
continue
- self.ui.write('%s%s\n' % (pfx, displayname(patch)))
+ displayname(pfx, patch)
else:
msng_list = []
for root, dirs, files in os.walk(self.path):
@@ -1384,7 +1391,7 @@
msng_list.append(fl)
for x in sorted(msng_list):
pfx = self.ui.verbose and ('D ') or ''
- self.ui.write("%s%s\n" % (pfx, displayname(x)))
+ displayname(pfx, x)
def issaveline(self, l):
if l.name == '.hg.patches.save.line':
@@ -1537,7 +1544,7 @@
raise util.Abort(_('option "-r" not valid when importing '
'files'))
rev = cmdutil.revrange(repo, rev)
- rev.sort(lambda x, y: cmp(y, x))
+ rev.sort(reverse=True)
if (len(files) > 1 or len(rev) > 1) and patchname:
raise util.Abort(_('option "-n" not valid when importing multiple '
'patches'))
@@ -1847,7 +1854,7 @@
summary=opts.get('summary'))
def setupheaderopts(ui, opts):
- def do(opt,val):
+ def do(opt, val):
if not opts[opt] and opts['current' + opt]:
opts[opt] = val
do('user', ui.username())
@@ -2330,7 +2337,7 @@
if ui.verbose:
guards['NONE'] = noguards
guards = guards.items()
- guards.sort(lambda a, b: cmp(a[0][1:], b[0][1:]))
+ guards.sort(key=lambda x: x[0][1:])
if guards:
ui.note(_('guards in series file:\n'))
for guard, count in guards:
@@ -2423,34 +2430,33 @@
raise util.Abort(_('source has mq patches applied'))
return super(mqrepo, self).push(remote, force, revs)
- def tags(self):
- if self.tagscache:
- return self.tagscache
-
- tagscache = super(mqrepo, self).tags()
+ def _findtags(self):
+ '''augment tags from base class with patch tags'''
+ result = super(mqrepo, self)._findtags()
q = self.mq
if not q.applied:
- return tagscache
+ return result
mqtags = [(bin(patch.rev), patch.name) for patch in q.applied]
if mqtags[-1][0] not in self.changelog.nodemap:
self.ui.warn(_('mq status file refers to unknown node %s\n')
% short(mqtags[-1][0]))
- return tagscache
+ return result
mqtags.append((mqtags[-1][0], 'qtip'))
mqtags.append((mqtags[0][0], 'qbase'))
mqtags.append((self.changelog.parents(mqtags[0][0])[0], 'qparent'))
+ tags = result[0]
for patch in mqtags:
- if patch[1] in tagscache:
+ if patch[1] in tags:
self.ui.warn(_('Tag %s overrides mq patch of the same name\n')
% patch[1])
else:
- tagscache[patch[1]] = patch[0]
+ tags[patch[1]] = patch[0]
- return tagscache
+ return result
def _branchtags(self, partial, lrev):
q = self.mq
--- a/hgext/notify.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/hgext/notify.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -7,62 +7,66 @@
'''hooks for sending email notifications at commit/push time
-Subscriptions can be managed through hgrc. Default mode is to print
-messages to stdout, for testing and configuring.
+Subscriptions can be managed through a hgrc file. Default mode is to
+print messages to stdout, for testing and configuring.
-To use, configure notify extension and enable in hgrc like this:
+To use, configure the notify extension and enable it in hgrc like
+this::
- [extensions]
- hgext.notify =
+ [extensions]
+ hgext.notify =
- [hooks]
- # one email for each incoming changeset
- incoming.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook
- # batch emails when many changesets incoming at one time
- changegroup.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook
+ [hooks]
+ # one email for each incoming changeset
+ incoming.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook
+ # batch emails when many changesets incoming at one time
+ changegroup.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook
- [notify]
- # config items go in here
+ [notify]
+ # config items go here
- config items:
+Required configuration items::
- REQUIRED:
- config = /path/to/file # file containing subscriptions
+ config = /path/to/file # file containing subscriptions
+
+Optional configuration items::
- OPTIONAL:
- test = True # print messages to stdout for testing
- strip = 3 # number of slashes to strip for url paths
- domain = example.com # domain to use if committer missing domain
- style = ... # style file to use when formatting email
- template = ... # template to use when formatting email
- incoming = ... # template to use when run as incoming hook
- changegroup = ... # template when run as changegroup hook
- maxdiff = 300 # max lines of diffs to include (0=none, -1=all)
- maxsubject = 67 # truncate subject line longer than this
- diffstat = True # add a diffstat before the diff content
- sources = serve # notify if source of incoming changes in this list
- # (serve == ssh or http, push, pull, bundle)
- [email]
- from = user@host.com # email address to send as if none given
- [web]
- baseurl = http://hgserver/... # root of hg web site for browsing commits
+ test = True # print messages to stdout for testing
+ strip = 3 # number of slashes to strip for url paths
+ domain = example.com # domain to use if committer missing domain
+ style = ... # style file to use when formatting email
+ template = ... # template to use when formatting email
+ incoming = ... # template to use when run as incoming hook
+ changegroup = ... # template when run as changegroup hook
+ maxdiff = 300 # max lines of diffs to include (0=none, -1=all)
+ maxsubject = 67 # truncate subject line longer than this
+ diffstat = True # add a diffstat before the diff content
+ sources = serve # notify if source of incoming changes in this list
+ # (serve == ssh or http, push, pull, bundle)
+ [email]
+ from = user@host.com # email address to send as if none given
+ [web]
+ baseurl = http://hgserver/... # root of hg web site for browsing commits
- notify config file has same format as regular hgrc. it has two
- sections so you can express subscriptions in whatever way is handier
- for you.
+The notify config file has same format as a regular hgrc file. It has
+two sections so you can express subscriptions in whatever way is
+handier for you.
- [usersubs]
- # key is subscriber email, value is ","-separated list of glob patterns
- user@host = pattern
+::
+
+ [usersubs]
+ # key is subscriber email, value is ","-separated list of glob patterns
+ user@host = pattern
- [reposubs]
- # key is glob pattern, value is ","-separated list of subscriber emails
- pattern = user@host
+ [reposubs]
+ # key is glob pattern, value is ","-separated list of subscriber emails
+ pattern = user@host
- glob patterns are matched against path to repository root.
+Glob patterns are matched against path to repository root.
- if you like, you can put notify config file in repository that users
- can push changes to, they can manage their own subscriptions.'''
+If you like, you can put notify config file in repository that users
+can push changes to, they can manage their own subscriptions.
+'''
from mercurial.i18n import _
from mercurial import patch, cmdutil, templater, util, mail
@@ -221,7 +225,7 @@
hash(self.repo.root), socket.getfqdn()))
msg['To'] = ', '.join(self.subs)
- msgtext = msg.as_string(0)
+ msgtext = msg.as_string()
if self.test:
self.ui.write(msgtext)
if not msgtext.endswith('\n'):
--- a/hgext/pager.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/hgext/pager.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
'''browse command output with an external pager
-To set the pager that should be used, set the application variable:
+To set the pager that should be used, set the application variable::
[pager]
pager = LESS='FSRX' less
@@ -23,19 +23,19 @@
$PAGER. If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, no pager is used.
If you notice "BROKEN PIPE" error messages, you can disable them by
-setting:
+setting::
[pager]
quiet = True
You can disable the pager for certain commands by adding them to the
-pager.ignore list:
+pager.ignore list::
[pager]
ignore = version, help, update
You can also enable the pager only for certain commands using
-pager.attend:
+pager.attend::
[pager]
attend = log
--- a/hgext/parentrevspec.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/hgext/parentrevspec.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -10,15 +10,15 @@
This extension allows you to use git-style suffixes to refer to the
ancestors of a specific revision.
-For example, if you can refer to a revision as "foo", then:
+For example, if you can refer to a revision as "foo", then::
-- foo^N = Nth parent of foo
+ foo^N = Nth parent of foo
foo^0 = foo
foo^1 = first parent of foo
foo^2 = second parent of foo
foo^ = foo^1
-- foo~N = Nth first grandparent of foo
+ foo~N = Nth first grandparent of foo
foo~0 = foo
foo~1 = foo^1 = foo^ = first parent of foo
foo~2 = foo^1^1 = foo^^ = first parent of first parent of foo
--- a/hgext/patchbomb.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/hgext/patchbomb.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -14,11 +14,9 @@
first line of the changeset description as the subject text. The
message contains two or three body parts:
- The changeset description.
-
- [Optional] The result of running diffstat on the patch.
-
- The patch itself, as generated by "hg export".
+- The changeset description.
+- [Optional] The result of running diffstat on the patch.
+- The patch itself, as generated by "hg export".
Each message refers to the first in the series using the In-Reply-To
and References headers, so they will show up as a sequence in threaded
@@ -29,7 +27,7 @@
you are sending the right changes.
To configure other defaults, add a section like this to your hgrc
-file:
+file::
[email]
from = My Name <my@email>
@@ -52,13 +50,13 @@
patchbomb message in a pager or sending the messages directly, it will
create a UNIX mailbox file with the patch emails. This mailbox file
can be previewed with any mail user agent which supports UNIX mbox
-files, e.g. with mutt:
+files, e.g. with mutt::
% mutt -R -f mbox
-When you are previewing the patchbomb messages, you can use `formail'
+When you are previewing the patchbomb messages, you can use ``formail``
(a utility that is commonly installed as part of the procmail
-package), to send each message out:
+package), to send each message out::
% formail -s sendmail -bm -t < mbox
@@ -68,9 +66,10 @@
to be a sendmail compatible mailer or fill out the [smtp] section so
that the patchbomb extension can automatically send patchbombs
directly from the commandline. See the [email] and [smtp] sections in
-hgrc(5) for details.'''
+hgrc(5) for details.
+'''
-import os, errno, socket, tempfile, cStringIO
+import os, errno, socket, tempfile, cStringIO, time
import email.MIMEMultipart, email.MIMEBase
import email.Utils, email.Encoders, email.Generator
from mercurial import cmdutil, commands, hg, mail, patch, util
@@ -201,22 +200,22 @@
single email containing a binary Mercurial bundle as an attachment
will be sent.
- Examples:
+ Examples::
- hg email -r 3000 # send patch 3000 only
- hg email -r 3000 -r 3001 # send patches 3000 and 3001
- hg email -r 3000:3005 # send patches 3000 through 3005
- hg email 3000 # send patch 3000 (deprecated)
+ hg email -r 3000 # send patch 3000 only
+ hg email -r 3000 -r 3001 # send patches 3000 and 3001
+ hg email -r 3000:3005 # send patches 3000 through 3005
+ hg email 3000 # send patch 3000 (deprecated)
- hg email -o # send all patches not in default
- hg email -o DEST # send all patches not in DEST
- hg email -o -r 3000 # send all ancestors of 3000 not in default
- hg email -o -r 3000 DEST # send all ancestors of 3000 not in DEST
+ hg email -o # send all patches not in default
+ hg email -o DEST # send all patches not in DEST
+ hg email -o -r 3000 # send all ancestors of 3000 not in default
+ hg email -o -r 3000 DEST # send all ancestors of 3000 not in DEST
- hg email -b # send bundle of all patches not in default
- hg email -b DEST # send bundle of all patches not in DEST
- hg email -b -r 3000 # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in default
- hg email -b -r 3000 DEST # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in DEST
+ hg email -b # send bundle of all patches not in default
+ hg email -b DEST # send bundle of all patches not in DEST
+ hg email -b -r 3000 # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in default
+ hg email -b -r 3000 DEST # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in DEST
Before using this command, you will need to enable email in your
hgrc. See the [email] section in hgrc(5) for details.
@@ -417,7 +416,7 @@
first = False
m['User-Agent'] = 'Mercurial-patchbomb/%s' % util.version()
- m['Date'] = email.Utils.formatdate(start_time[0])
+ m['Date'] = email.Utils.formatdate(start_time[0], localtime=True)
start_time = (start_time[0] + 1, start_time[1])
m['From'] = sender
@@ -446,7 +445,7 @@
ui.status(_('Writing '), subj, ' ...\n')
fp = open(opts.get('mbox'), 'In-Reply-To' in m and 'ab+' or 'wb+')
generator = email.Generator.Generator(fp, mangle_from_=True)
- date = util.datestr(start_time, '%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Y')
+ date = time.ctime(start_time[0])
fp.write('From %s %s\n' % (sender_addr, date))
generator.flatten(m, 0)
fp.write('\n\n')
--- a/hgext/purge.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/hgext/purge.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@
# This is a small extension for Mercurial (http://mercurial.selenic.com/)
# that removes files not known to mercurial
#
-# This program was inspired by the "cvspurge" script contained in CVS utilities
-# (http://www.red-bean.com/cvsutils/).
+# This program was inspired by the "cvspurge" script contained in CVS
+# utilities (http://www.red-bean.com/cvsutils/).
#
# For help on the usage of "hg purge" use:
# hg help purge
@@ -36,13 +36,16 @@
and uncommitted changes in an otherwise-clean source tree.
This means that purge will delete:
- - Unknown files: files marked with "?" by "hg status"
- - Empty directories: in fact Mercurial ignores directories unless
- they contain files under source control management
+
+ - Unknown files: files marked with "?" by "hg status"
+ - Empty directories: in fact Mercurial ignores directories unless
+ they contain files under source control management
+
But it will leave untouched:
- - Modified and unmodified tracked files
- - Ignored files (unless --all is specified)
- - New files added to the repository (with "hg add")
+
+ - Modified and unmodified tracked files
+ - Ignored files (unless --all is specified)
+ - New files added to the repository (with "hg add")
If directories are given on the command line, only files in these
directories are considered.
--- a/hgext/rebase.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/hgext/rebase.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
repository.
For more information:
-http://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/RebaseProject
+http://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/RebaseExtension
'''
from mercurial import util, repair, merge, cmdutil, commands, error
--- a/hgext/record.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/hgext/record.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -291,25 +291,28 @@
_('Record &all changes to all remaining files'),
_('&Quit, recording no changes'),
_('&?'))
- r = (ui.prompt("%s %s " % (query, resps), choices)
- or _('y')).lower()
- if r == _('?'):
+ r = ui.promptchoice("%s %s " % (query, resps), choices)
+ if r == 7: # ?
doc = gettext(record.__doc__)
c = doc.find(_('y - record this change'))
for l in doc[c:].splitlines():
if l: ui.write(l.strip(), '\n')
continue
- elif r == _('s'):
- r = resp_file[0] = 'n'
- elif r == _('f'):
- r = resp_file[0] = 'y'
- elif r == _('d'):
- r = resp_all[0] = 'n'
- elif r == _('a'):
- r = resp_all[0] = 'y'
- elif r == _('q'):
+ elif r == 0: # yes
+ ret = 'y'
+ elif r == 1: # no
+ ret = 'n'
+ elif r == 2: # Skip
+ ret = resp_file[0] = 'n'
+ elif r == 3: # file (Record remaining)
+ ret = resp_file[0] = 'y'
+ elif r == 4: # done, skip remaining
+ ret = resp_all[0] = 'n'
+ elif r == 5: # all
+ ret = resp_all[0] = 'y'
+ elif r == 6: # quit
raise util.Abort(_('user quit'))
- return r
+ return ret
pos, total = 0, len(chunks) - 1
while chunks:
chunk = chunks.pop()
@@ -362,19 +365,19 @@
You will be prompted for whether to record changes to each
modified file, and for files with multiple changes, for each
change to use. For each query, the following responses are
- possible:
+ possible::
- y - record this change
- n - skip this change
+ y - record this change
+ n - skip this change
- s - skip remaining changes to this file
- f - record remaining changes to this file
+ s - skip remaining changes to this file
+ f - record remaining changes to this file
- d - done, skip remaining changes and files
- a - record all changes to all remaining files
- q - quit, recording no changes
+ d - done, skip remaining changes and files
+ a - record all changes to all remaining files
+ q - quit, recording no changes
- ? - display help'''
+ ? - display help'''
def record_committer(ui, repo, pats, opts):
commands.commit(ui, repo, *pats, **opts)
@@ -409,7 +412,7 @@
def recordfunc(ui, repo, message, match, opts):
"""This is generic record driver.
- It's job is to interactively filter local changes, and accordingly
+ Its job is to interactively filter local changes, and accordingly
prepare working dir into a state, where the job can be delegated to
non-interactive commit command such as 'commit' or 'qrefresh'.
--- a/hgext/share.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/hgext/share.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -5,7 +5,6 @@
'''share a common history between several working directories'''
-import os
from mercurial.i18n import _
from mercurial import hg, commands
--- a/hgext/transplant.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/hgext/transplant.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -439,9 +439,9 @@
Selected changesets will be applied on top of the current working
directory with the log of the original changeset. If --log is
- specified, log messages will have a comment appended of the form:
+ specified, log messages will have a comment appended of the form::
- (transplanted from CHANGESETHASH)
+ (transplanted from CHANGESETHASH)
You can rewrite the changelog message with the --filter option.
Its argument will be invoked with the current changelog message as
--- a/hgext/win32mbcs.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/hgext/win32mbcs.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -19,19 +19,22 @@
operation.
This extension is useful for:
- * Japanese Windows users using shift_jis encoding.
- * Chinese Windows users using big5 encoding.
- * All users who use a repository with one of problematic encodings on
- case-insensitive file system.
+
+- Japanese Windows users using shift_jis encoding.
+- Chinese Windows users using big5 encoding.
+- All users who use a repository with one of problematic encodings on
+ case-insensitive file system.
This extension is not needed for:
- * Any user who use only ASCII chars in path.
- * Any user who do not use any of problematic encodings.
+
+- Any user who use only ASCII chars in path.
+- Any user who do not use any of problematic encodings.
Note that there are some limitations on using this extension:
- * You should use single encoding in one repository.
- * You should set same encoding for the repository by locale or
- HGENCODING.
+
+- You should use single encoding in one repository.
+- You should set same encoding for the repository by locale or
+ HGENCODING.
Path encoding conversion are done between Unicode and
encoding.encoding which is decided by Mercurial from current locale
--- a/hgext/win32text.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/hgext/win32text.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -7,30 +7,30 @@
'''perform automatic newline conversion
-To perform automatic newline conversion, use:
+To perform automatic newline conversion, use::
-[extensions]
-hgext.win32text =
-[encode]
-** = cleverencode:
-# or ** = macencode:
+ [extensions]
+ hgext.win32text =
+ [encode]
+ ** = cleverencode:
+ # or ** = macencode:
-[decode]
-** = cleverdecode:
-# or ** = macdecode:
+ [decode]
+ ** = cleverdecode:
+ # or ** = macdecode:
-If not doing conversion, to make sure you do not commit CRLF/CR by accident:
+If not doing conversion, to make sure you do not commit CRLF/CR by accident::
-[hooks]
-pretxncommit.crlf = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcrlf
-# or pretxncommit.cr = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcr
+ [hooks]
+ pretxncommit.crlf = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcrlf
+ # or pretxncommit.cr = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcr
To do the same check on a server to prevent CRLF/CR from being
-pushed or pulled:
+pushed or pulled::
-[hooks]
-pretxnchangegroup.crlf = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcrlf
-# or pretxnchangegroup.cr = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcr
+ [hooks]
+ pretxnchangegroup.crlf = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcrlf
+ # or pretxnchangegroup.cr = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcr
'''
from mercurial.i18n import _
--- a/hgext/zeroconf/__init__.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/hgext/zeroconf/__init__.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -12,15 +12,15 @@
without knowing their actual IP address.
To allow other people to discover your repository using run "hg serve"
-in your repository.
+in your repository::
- $ cd test
- $ hg serve
+ $ cd test
+ $ hg serve
-You can discover zeroconf enabled repositories by running "hg paths".
+You can discover zeroconf enabled repositories by running "hg paths"::
- $ hg paths
- zc-test = http://example.com:8000/test
+ $ hg paths
+ zc-test = http://example.com:8000/test
'''
import Zeroconf, socket, time, os
--- a/mercurial/bundlerepo.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/bundlerepo.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
localrepo.localrepository.__init__(self, ui, path)
except error.RepoError:
self._tempparent = tempfile.mkdtemp()
- localrepo.instance(ui,self._tempparent,1)
+ localrepo.instance(ui, self._tempparent, 1)
localrepo.localrepository.__init__(self, ui, self._tempparent)
if path:
--- a/mercurial/byterange.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/byterange.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@
"""
def open_local_file(self, req):
import mimetypes
- import mimetools
+ import email
host = req.get_host()
file = req.get_selector()
localfile = urllib.url2pathname(file)
@@ -232,9 +232,9 @@
raise RangeError('Requested Range Not Satisfiable')
size = (lb - fb)
fo = RangeableFileObject(fo, (fb, lb))
- headers = mimetools.Message(StringIO(
+ headers = email.message_from_string(
'Content-Type: %s\nContent-Length: %d\nLast-Modified: %s\n' %
- (mtype or 'text/plain', size, modified)))
+ (mtype or 'text/plain', size, modified))
return urllib.addinfourl(fo, headers, 'file:'+file)
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@
import socket
import sys
import mimetypes
-import mimetools
+import email
class FTPRangeHandler(urllib2.FTPHandler):
def ftp_open(self, req):
@@ -325,8 +325,7 @@
headers += "Content-Type: %s\n" % mtype
if retrlen is not None and retrlen >= 0:
headers += "Content-Length: %d\n" % retrlen
- sf = StringIO(headers)
- headers = mimetools.Message(sf)
+ headers = email.message_from_string(headers)
return addinfourl(fp, headers, req.get_full_url())
except ftplib.all_errors, msg:
raise IOError('ftp error', msg), sys.exc_info()[2]
--- a/mercurial/changegroup.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/changegroup.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
"HG10GZ": ("HG10GZ", lambda: zlib.compressobj()),
}
-# hgweb uses this list to communicate it's preferred type
+# hgweb uses this list to communicate its preferred type
bundlepriority = ['HG10GZ', 'HG10BZ', 'HG10UN']
def writebundle(cg, filename, bundletype):
--- a/mercurial/changelog.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/changelog.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -87,25 +87,39 @@
self.data.append(str(s))
self.offset += len(s)
+def delayopener(opener, target, divert, buf):
+ def o(name, mode='r'):
+ if name != target:
+ return opener(name, mode)
+ if divert:
+ return opener(name + ".a", mode.replace('a', 'w'))
+ # otherwise, divert to memory
+ return appender(opener(name, mode), buf)
+ return o
+
class changelog(revlog.revlog):
def __init__(self, opener):
+ revlog.revlog.__init__(self, opener, "00changelog.i")
self._realopener = opener
self._delayed = False
- revlog.revlog.__init__(self, self._delayopener, "00changelog.i")
+ self._divert = False
def delayupdate(self):
"delay visibility of index updates to other readers"
self._delayed = True
- self._delaycount = len(self)
+ self._divert = (len(self) == 0)
self._delaybuf = []
- self._delayname = None
+ self.opener = delayopener(self._realopener, self.indexfile,
+ self._divert, self._delaybuf)
def finalize(self, tr):
"finalize index updates"
self._delayed = False
+ self.opener = self._realopener
# move redirected index data back into place
- if self._delayname:
- util.rename(self._delayname + ".a", self._delayname)
+ if self._divert:
+ n = self.opener(self.indexfile + ".a").name
+ util.rename(n, n[:-2])
elif self._delaybuf:
fp = self.opener(self.indexfile, 'a')
fp.write("".join(self._delaybuf))
@@ -114,21 +128,6 @@
# split when we're done
self.checkinlinesize(tr)
- def _delayopener(self, name, mode='r'):
- fp = self._realopener(name, mode)
- # only divert the index
- if not self._delayed or not name == self.indexfile:
- return fp
- # if we're doing an initial clone, divert to another file
- if self._delaycount == 0:
- self._delayname = fp.name
- if not len(self):
- # make sure to truncate the file
- mode = mode.replace('a', 'w')
- return self._realopener(name + ".a", mode)
- # otherwise, divert to memory
- return appender(fp, self._delaybuf)
-
def readpending(self, file):
r = revlog.revlog(self.opener, file)
self.index = r.index
@@ -147,17 +146,16 @@
fp2.close()
# switch modes so finalize can simply rename
self._delaybuf = []
- self._delayname = fp1.name
+ self._divert = True
- if self._delayname:
+ if self._divert:
return True
return False
def checkinlinesize(self, tr, fp=None):
- if self.opener == self._delayopener:
- return
- return revlog.revlog.checkinlinesize(self, tr, fp)
+ if not self._delayed:
+ revlog.revlog.checkinlinesize(self, tr, fp)
def read(self, node):
"""
--- a/mercurial/commands.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/commands.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -8,12 +8,13 @@
from node import hex, nullid, nullrev, short
from lock import release
from i18n import _, gettext
-import os, re, sys, subprocess, difflib, time
+import os, re, sys, subprocess, difflib, time, tempfile
import hg, util, revlog, bundlerepo, extensions, copies, context, error
-import patch, help, mdiff, tempfile, url, encoding
+import patch, help, mdiff, url, encoding
import archival, changegroup, cmdutil, sshserver, hbisect
from hgweb import server
import merge as merge_
+import minirst
# Commands start here, listed alphabetically
@@ -57,11 +58,11 @@
commit.
Use the -s/--similarity option to detect renamed files. With a
- parameter > 0, this compares every removed file with every added
- file and records those similar enough as renames. This option
- takes a percentage between 0 (disabled) and 100 (files must be
- identical) as its parameter. Detecting renamed files this way can
- be expensive.
+ parameter greater than 0, this compares every removed file with
+ every added file and records those similar enough as renames. This
+ option takes a percentage between 0 (disabled) and 100 (files must
+ be identical) as its parameter. Detecting renamed files this way
+ can be expensive.
"""
try:
sim = float(opts.get('similarity') or 0)
@@ -141,14 +142,14 @@
directory; use -r/--rev to specify a different revision.
To specify the type of archive to create, use -t/--type. Valid
- types are:
-
- "files" (default): a directory full of files
- "tar": tar archive, uncompressed
- "tbz2": tar archive, compressed using bzip2
- "tgz": tar archive, compressed using gzip
- "uzip": zip archive, uncompressed
- "zip": zip archive, compressed using deflate
+ types are::
+
+ "files" (default): a directory full of files
+ "tar": tar archive, uncompressed
+ "tbz2": tar archive, compressed using bzip2
+ "tgz": tar archive, compressed using gzip
+ "uzip": zip archive, uncompressed
+ "zip": zip archive, compressed using deflate
The exact name of the destination archive or directory is given
using a format string; see 'hg help export' for details.
@@ -247,7 +248,7 @@
commit_opts['addremove'] = False
if not commit_opts['message'] and not commit_opts['logfile']:
# we don't translate commit messages
- commit_opts['message'] = "Backed out changeset %s" % (short(node))
+ commit_opts['message'] = "Backed out changeset %s" % short(node)
commit_opts['force_editor'] = True
commit(ui, repo, **commit_opts)
def nice(node):
@@ -397,8 +398,8 @@
while size <= changesets:
tests, size = tests + 1, size * 2
rev = repo.changelog.rev(node)
- ui.write(_("Testing changeset %s:%s "
- "(%s changesets remaining, ~%s tests)\n")
+ ui.write(_("Testing changeset %d:%s "
+ "(%d changesets remaining, ~%d tests)\n")
% (rev, short(node), changesets, tests))
if not noupdate:
cmdutil.bail_if_changed(repo)
@@ -564,11 +565,11 @@
Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is
given using a format string. The formatting rules are the same as
- for the export command, with the following additions:
-
- %s basename of file being printed
- %d dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repository root
- %p root-relative path name of file being printed
+ for the export command, with the following additions::
+
+ %s basename of file being printed
+ %d dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repository root
+ %p root-relative path name of file being printed
"""
ctx = repo[opts.get('rev')]
err = 1
@@ -617,7 +618,7 @@
avoid hardlinking.
In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files
- using full hardlinks with
+ using full hardlinks with ::
$ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE
@@ -627,7 +628,6 @@
breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,
this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their
metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.
-
"""
hg.clone(cmdutil.remoteui(ui, opts), source, dest,
pull=opts.get('pull'),
@@ -680,9 +680,9 @@
ui.status(_('created new head\n'))
if ui.debugflag:
- ui.write(_('committed changeset %d:%s\n') % (rev,hex(node)))
+ ui.write(_('committed changeset %d:%s\n') % (rev, hex(node)))
elif ui.verbose:
- ui.write(_('committed changeset %d:%s\n') % (rev,short(node)))
+ ui.write(_('committed changeset %d:%s\n') % (rev, short(node)))
def copy(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
"""mark files as copied for the next commit
@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@
ui.write("%s\n" % "\n".join(sorted(cmdlist)))
def debugfsinfo(ui, path = "."):
- file('.debugfsinfo', 'w').write('')
+ open('.debugfsinfo', 'w').write('')
ui.write('exec: %s\n' % (util.checkexec(path) and 'yes' or 'no'))
ui.write('symlink: %s\n' % (util.checklink(path) and 'yes' or 'no'))
ui.write('case-sensitive: %s\n' % (util.checkcase('.debugfsinfo')
@@ -984,7 +984,7 @@
if list(files) != [os.path.basename(fa)]:
ui.write(_(" unexpected patch output!\n"))
patchproblems += 1
- a = file(fa).read()
+ a = open(fa).read()
if a != b:
ui.write(_(" patch test failed!\n"))
patchproblems += 1
@@ -1116,16 +1116,16 @@
first parent only.
Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is
- given using a format string. The formatting rules are as follows:
-
- %% literal "%" character
- %H changeset hash (40 bytes of hexadecimal)
- %N number of patches being generated
- %R changeset revision number
- %b basename of the exporting repository
- %h short-form changeset hash (12 bytes of hexadecimal)
- %n zero-padded sequence number, starting at 1
- %r zero-padded changeset revision number
+ given using a format string. The formatting rules are as follows::
+
+ %% literal "%" character
+ %H changeset hash (40 bytes of hexadecimal)
+ %N number of patches being generated
+ %R changeset revision number
+ %b basename of the exporting repository
+ %h short-form changeset hash (12 bytes of hexadecimal)
+ %n zero-padded sequence number, starting at 1
+ %r zero-padded changeset revision number
Without the -a/--text option, export will avoid generating diffs
of files it detects as binary. With -a, export will generate a
@@ -1423,6 +1423,7 @@
Given a topic, extension, or command name, print help for that
topic."""
option_lists = []
+ textwidth = util.termwidth() - 2
def addglobalopts(aliases):
if ui.verbose:
@@ -1449,7 +1450,10 @@
try:
aliases, i = cmdutil.findcmd(name, table, False)
except error.AmbiguousCommand, inst:
- select = lambda c: c.lstrip('^').startswith(inst.args[0])
+ # py3k fix: except vars can't be used outside the scope of the
+ # except block, nor can be used inside a lambda. python issue4617
+ prefix = inst.args[0]
+ select = lambda c: c.lstrip('^').startswith(prefix)
helplist(_('list of commands:\n\n'), select)
return
@@ -1471,8 +1475,8 @@
if not doc:
doc = _("(no help text available)")
if ui.quiet:
- doc = doc.splitlines(0)[0]
- ui.write("\n%s\n" % doc.rstrip())
+ doc = doc.splitlines()[0]
+ ui.write("\n%s\n" % minirst.format(doc, textwidth))
if not ui.quiet:
# options
@@ -1502,7 +1506,7 @@
doc = gettext(doc)
if not doc:
doc = _("(no help text available)")
- h[f] = doc.splitlines(0)[0].rstrip()
+ h[f] = doc.splitlines()[0].rstrip()
cmds[f] = c.lstrip("^")
if not h:
@@ -1521,7 +1525,9 @@
if name != 'shortlist':
exts, maxlength = extensions.enabled()
- ui.write(help.listexts(_('enabled extensions:'), exts, maxlength))
+ text = help.listexts(_('enabled extensions:'), exts, maxlength)
+ if text:
+ ui.write("\n%s\n" % minirst.format(text, textwidth))
if not ui.quiet:
addglobalopts(True)
@@ -1539,8 +1545,8 @@
if hasattr(doc, '__call__'):
doc = doc()
- ui.write("%s\n" % header)
- ui.write("%s\n" % doc.rstrip())
+ ui.write("%s\n\n" % header)
+ ui.write("%s\n" % minirst.format(doc, textwidth))
def helpext(name):
try:
@@ -1549,12 +1555,14 @@
raise error.UnknownCommand(name)
doc = gettext(mod.__doc__) or _('no help text available')
- doc = doc.splitlines(0)
- ui.write(_('%s extension - %s\n') % (name.split('.')[-1], doc[0]))
- for d in doc[1:]:
- ui.write(d, '\n')
-
- ui.status('\n')
+ if '\n' not in doc:
+ head, tail = doc, ""
+ else:
+ head, tail = doc.split('\n', 1)
+ ui.write(_('%s extension - %s\n\n') % (name.split('.')[-1], head))
+ if tail:
+ ui.write(minirst.format(tail, textwidth))
+ ui.status('\n\n')
try:
ct = mod.cmdtable
@@ -2359,15 +2367,15 @@
The following table details the behavior of remove for different
file states (columns) and option combinations (rows). The file
- states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!]
- (as reported by hg status). The actions are Warn, Remove (from
- branch) and Delete (from disk).
-
- A C M !
- none W RD W R
- -f R RD RD R
- -A W W W R
- -Af R R R R
+ states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!] (as
+ reported by hg status). The actions are Warn, Remove (from branch)
+ and Delete (from disk)::
+
+ A C M !
+ none W RD W R
+ -f R RD RD R
+ -A W W W R
+ -Af R R R R
This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit.
To undo a remove before that, see hg revert.
@@ -2442,9 +2450,10 @@
indicating whether or not files are resolved. All files must be
marked as resolved before a commit is permitted.
- The codes used to show the status of files are:
- U = unresolved
- R = resolved
+ The codes used to show the status of files are::
+
+ U = unresolved
+ R = resolved
"""
all, mark, unmark, show = [opts.get(o) for o in 'all mark unmark list'.split()]
@@ -2710,7 +2719,7 @@
Transactions are used to encapsulate the effects of all commands
that create new changesets or propagate existing changesets into a
repository. For example, the following commands are transactional,
- and their effects can be rolled back:
+ and their effects can be rolled back::
commit
import
@@ -2821,15 +2830,16 @@
If two revisions are given, the differences between them are
shown.
- The codes used to show the status of files are:
- M = modified
- A = added
- R = removed
- C = clean
- ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked)
- ? = not tracked
- I = ignored
- = origin of the previous file listed as A (added)
+ The codes used to show the status of files are::
+
+ M = modified
+ A = added
+ R = removed
+ C = clean
+ ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked)
+ ? = not tracked
+ I = ignored
+ = origin of the previous file listed as A (added)
"""
node1, node2 = cmdutil.revpair(repo, opts.get('rev'))
--- a/mercurial/config.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/config.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
line = 0
cont = 0
- for l in data.splitlines(1):
+ for l in data.splitlines(True):
line += 1
if cont:
m = contre.match(l)
--- a/mercurial/context.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/context.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -199,7 +199,9 @@
assert (changeid is not None
or fileid is not None
- or changectx is not None)
+ or changectx is not None), \
+ ("bad args: changeid=%r, fileid=%r, changectx=%r"
+ % (changeid, fileid, changectx))
if filelog:
self._filelog = filelog
@@ -441,7 +443,7 @@
del hist[p]
hist[f] = curr
- return zip(hist[f][0], hist[f][1].splitlines(1))
+ return zip(hist[f][0], hist[f][1].splitlines(True))
def ancestor(self, fc2):
"""
--- a/mercurial/copies.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/copies.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
seen.add(s)
if fc.path() != orig and fc.path() not in old:
old[fc.path()] = (depth, fc.path()) # remember depth
- if fc.rev() < limit and fc.rev() is not None:
+ if fc.rev() is not None and fc.rev() < limit:
continue
visit += [(p, depth - 1) for p in fc.parents()]
--- a/mercurial/dirstate.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/dirstate.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
def _foldmap(self):
f = {}
for name in self._map:
- f[os.path.normcase(name)] = name
+ f[util.realpath(self._join(name))] = name
return f
@propertycache
@@ -340,7 +340,7 @@
self._ui.warn(_("not in dirstate: %s\n") % f)
def _normalize(self, path, knownpath):
- norm_path = os.path.normcase(path)
+ norm_path = util.realpath(self._join(path))
fold_path = self._foldmap.get(norm_path, None)
if fold_path is None:
if knownpath or not os.path.exists(os.path.join(self._root, path)):
--- a/mercurial/extensions.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/extensions.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -166,10 +166,6 @@
def enabled():
'''return a dict of {name: desc} of extensions, and the max name length'''
-
- if not enabled:
- return {}, 0
-
exts = {}
maxlength = 0
exthelps = []
@@ -177,6 +173,6 @@
doc = (gettext(ext.__doc__) or _('(no help text available)'))
ename = ename.split('.')[-1]
maxlength = max(len(ename), maxlength)
- exts[ename] = doc.splitlines(0)[0].strip()
+ exts[ename] = doc.splitlines()[0].strip()
return exts, maxlength
--- a/mercurial/filemerge.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/filemerge.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -145,9 +145,9 @@
if not tool or tool == 'internal:prompt':
tool = "internal:local"
- if ui.prompt(_(" no tool found to merge %s\n"
- "keep (l)ocal or take (o)ther?") % fd,
- (_("&Local"), _("&Other")), _("l")) != _("l"):
+ if ui.promptchoice(_(" no tool found to merge %s\n"
+ "keep (l)ocal or take (o)ther?") % fd,
+ (_("&Local"), _("&Other")), 0):
tool = "internal:other"
if tool == "internal:local":
return 0
@@ -213,9 +213,9 @@
if not r and _toolbool(ui, tool, "checkchanged"):
if filecmp.cmp(repo.wjoin(fd), back):
- if ui.prompt(_(" output file %s appears unchanged\n"
- "was merge successful (yn)?") % fd,
- (_("&Yes"), _("&No")), _("n")) != _("y"):
+ if ui.promptchoice(_(" output file %s appears unchanged\n"
+ "was merge successful (yn)?") % fd,
+ (_("&Yes"), _("&No")), 1):
r = 1
if _toolbool(ui, tool, "fixeol"):
--- a/mercurial/help.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/help.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -45,8 +45,7 @@
return ''
result = '\n%s\n\n' % header
for name, desc in sorted(exts.iteritems()):
- desc = util.wrap(desc, maxlength + 4)
- result += ' %s %s\n' % (name.ljust(maxlength), desc)
+ result += ' %-*s %s\n' % (maxlength + 2, ':%s:' % name, desc)
return result
def extshelp():
@@ -57,27 +56,27 @@
implement hooks.
Extensions are not loaded by default for a variety of reasons:
- they can increase startup overhead; they may be meant for
- advanced usage only; they may provide potentially dangerous
- abilities (such as letting you destroy or modify history); they
- might not be ready for prime time; or they may alter some
- usual behaviors of stock Mercurial. It is thus up to the user to
- activate extensions as needed.
+ they can increase startup overhead; they may be meant for advanced
+ usage only; they may provide potentially dangerous abilities (such
+ as letting you destroy or modify history); they might not be ready
+ for prime time; or they may alter some usual behaviors of stock
+ Mercurial. It is thus up to the user to activate extensions as
+ needed.
- To enable the "foo" extension, either shipped with Mercurial
- or in the Python search path, create an entry for it in your
- hgrc, like this:
+ To enable the "foo" extension, either shipped with Mercurial or in
+ the Python search path, create an entry for it in your hgrc, like
+ this::
[extensions]
foo =
- You may also specify the full path to an extension:
+ You may also specify the full path to an extension::
[extensions]
myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
To explicitly disable an extension enabled in an hgrc of broader
- scope, prepend its path with !:
+ scope, prepend its path with !::
[extensions]
# disabling extension bar residing in /path/to/extension/bar.py
@@ -98,40 +97,41 @@
(["dates"], _("Date Formats"),
_(r'''
Some commands allow the user to specify a date, e.g.:
- * backout, commit, import, tag: Specify the commit date.
- * log, revert, update: Select revision(s) by date.
- Many date formats are valid. Here are some examples:
+ - backout, commit, import, tag: Specify the commit date.
+ - log, revert, update: Select revision(s) by date.
+
+ Many date formats are valid. Here are some examples::
- "Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006" (local timezone assumed)
- "Dec 6 13:18 -0600" (year assumed, time offset provided)
- "Dec 6 13:18 UTC" (UTC and GMT are aliases for +0000)
- "Dec 6" (midnight)
- "13:18" (today assumed)
- "3:39" (3:39AM assumed)
- "3:39pm" (15:39)
- "2006-12-06 13:18:29" (ISO 8601 format)
- "2006-12-6 13:18"
- "2006-12-6"
- "12-6"
- "12/6"
- "12/6/6" (Dec 6 2006)
+ "Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006" (local timezone assumed)
+ "Dec 6 13:18 -0600" (year assumed, time offset provided)
+ "Dec 6 13:18 UTC" (UTC and GMT are aliases for +0000)
+ "Dec 6" (midnight)
+ "13:18" (today assumed)
+ "3:39" (3:39AM assumed)
+ "3:39pm" (15:39)
+ "2006-12-06 13:18:29" (ISO 8601 format)
+ "2006-12-6 13:18"
+ "2006-12-6"
+ "12-6"
+ "12/6"
+ "12/6/6" (Dec 6 2006)
- Lastly, there is Mercurial's internal format:
+ Lastly, there is Mercurial's internal format::
- "1165432709 0" (Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006 UTC)
+ "1165432709 0" (Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006 UTC)
This is the internal representation format for dates. unixtime is
the number of seconds since the epoch (1970-01-01 00:00 UTC).
offset is the offset of the local timezone, in seconds west of UTC
(negative if the timezone is east of UTC).
- The log command also accepts date ranges:
+ The log command also accepts date ranges::
- "<{datetime}" - at or before a given date/time
- ">{datetime}" - on or after a given date/time
- "{datetime} to {datetime}" - a date range, inclusive
- "-{days}" - within a given number of days of today
+ "<{datetime}" - at or before a given date/time
+ ">{datetime}" - on or after a given date/time
+ "{datetime} to {datetime}" - a date range, inclusive
+ "-{days}" - within a given number of days of today
''')),
(["patterns"], _("File Name Patterns"),
@@ -149,58 +149,58 @@
the current repository root.
To use an extended glob, start a name with "glob:". Globs are
- rooted at the current directory; a glob such as "*.c" will only
- match files in the current directory ending with ".c".
+ rooted at the current directory; a glob such as "``*.c``" will
+ only match files in the current directory ending with ".c".
- The supported glob syntax extensions are "**" to match any string
- across path separators and "{a,b}" to mean "a or b".
+ The supported glob syntax extensions are "``**``" to match any
+ string across path separators and "{a,b}" to mean "a or b".
To use a Perl/Python regular expression, start a name with "re:".
Regexp pattern matching is anchored at the root of the repository.
- Plain examples:
+ Plain examples::
- path:foo/bar a name bar in a directory named foo in the root of
- the repository
- path:path:name a file or directory named "path:name"
+ path:foo/bar a name bar in a directory named foo in the root
+ of the repository
+ path:path:name a file or directory named "path:name"
- Glob examples:
+ Glob examples::
- glob:*.c any name ending in ".c" in the current directory
- *.c any name ending in ".c" in the current directory
- **.c any name ending in ".c" in any subdirectory of the
- current directory including itself.
- foo/*.c any name ending in ".c" in the directory foo
- foo/**.c any name ending in ".c" in any subdirectory of foo
- including itself.
+ glob:*.c any name ending in ".c" in the current directory
+ *.c any name ending in ".c" in the current directory
+ **.c any name ending in ".c" in any subdirectory of the
+ current directory including itself.
+ foo/*.c any name ending in ".c" in the directory foo
+ foo/**.c any name ending in ".c" in any subdirectory of foo
+ including itself.
- Regexp examples:
+ Regexp examples::
- re:.*\.c$ any name ending in ".c", anywhere in the repository
+ re:.*\.c$ any name ending in ".c", anywhere in the repository
''')),
(['environment', 'env'], _('Environment Variables'),
_(r'''
-HG::
+HG
Path to the 'hg' executable, automatically passed when running
hooks, extensions or external tools. If unset or empty, this is
the hg executable's name if it's frozen, or an executable named
'hg' (with %PATHEXT% [defaulting to COM/EXE/BAT/CMD] extensions on
Windows) is searched.
-HGEDITOR::
+HGEDITOR
This is the name of the editor to run when committing. See EDITOR.
(deprecated, use .hgrc)
-HGENCODING::
+HGENCODING
This overrides the default locale setting detected by Mercurial.
This setting is used to convert data including usernames,
changeset descriptions, tag names, and branches. This setting can
be overridden with the --encoding command-line option.
-HGENCODINGMODE::
+HGENCODINGMODE
This sets Mercurial's behavior for handling unknown characters
while transcoding user input. The default is "strict", which
causes Mercurial to abort if it can't map a character. Other
@@ -208,45 +208,46 @@
"ignore", which drops them. This setting can be overridden with
the --encodingmode command-line option.
-HGMERGE::
+HGMERGE
An executable to use for resolving merge conflicts. The program
will be executed with three arguments: local file, remote file,
ancestor file.
(deprecated, use .hgrc)
-HGRCPATH::
+HGRCPATH
A list of files or directories to search for hgrc files. Item
separator is ":" on Unix, ";" on Windows. If HGRCPATH is not set,
platform default search path is used. If empty, only the .hg/hgrc
from the current repository is read.
For each element in HGRCPATH:
- * if it's a directory, all files ending with .rc are added
- * otherwise, the file itself will be added
-HGUSER::
+ - if it's a directory, all files ending with .rc are added
+ - otherwise, the file itself will be added
+
+HGUSER
This is the string used as the author of a commit. If not set,
available values will be considered in this order:
- * HGUSER (deprecated)
- * hgrc files from the HGRCPATH
- * EMAIL
- * interactive prompt
- * LOGNAME (with '@hostname' appended)
+ - HGUSER (deprecated)
+ - hgrc files from the HGRCPATH
+ - EMAIL
+ - interactive prompt
+ - LOGNAME (with '@hostname' appended)
(deprecated, use .hgrc)
-EMAIL::
+EMAIL
May be used as the author of a commit; see HGUSER.
-LOGNAME::
+LOGNAME
May be used as the author of a commit; see HGUSER.
-VISUAL::
+VISUAL
This is the name of the editor to use when committing. See EDITOR.
-EDITOR::
+EDITOR
Sometimes Mercurial needs to open a text file in an editor for a
user to modify, for example when writing commit messages. The
editor it uses is determined by looking at the environment
@@ -254,7 +255,7 @@
non-empty one is chosen. If all of them are empty, the editor
defaults to 'vi'.
-PYTHONPATH::
+PYTHONPATH
This is used by Python to find imported modules and may need to be
set appropriately if this Mercurial is not installed system-wide.
''')),
@@ -321,10 +322,10 @@
While this standard format is often enough, it does not encode the
following information:
- - executable status and other permission bits
- - copy or rename information
- - changes in binary files
- - creation or deletion of empty files
+ - executable status and other permission bits
+ - copy or rename information
+ - changes in binary files
+ - creation or deletion of empty files
Mercurial also supports the extended diff format from the git VCS
which addresses these limitations. The git diff format is not
@@ -345,7 +346,7 @@
option when importing diffs in this format or using them in the mq
extension.
''')),
- (['templating'], _('Template Usage'),
+ (['templating', 'templates'], _('Template Usage'),
_(r'''
Mercurial allows you to customize output of commands through
templates. You can either pass in a template from the command
@@ -357,12 +358,12 @@
Three styles are packaged with Mercurial: default (the style used
when no explicit preference is passed), compact and changelog.
- Usage:
+ Usage::
$ hg log -r1 --style changelog
A template is a piece of text, with markup to invoke variable
- expansion:
+ expansion::
$ hg log -r1 --template "{node}\n"
b56ce7b07c52de7d5fd79fb89701ea538af65746
@@ -371,82 +372,91 @@
keywords depends on the exact context of the templater. These
keywords are usually available for templating a log-like command:
- - author: String. The unmodified author of the changeset.
- - branches: String. The name of the branch on which the changeset
- was committed. Will be empty if the branch name was default.
- - date: Date information. The date when the changeset was committed.
- - desc: String. The text of the changeset description.
- - diffstat: String. Statistics of changes with the following
- format: "modified files: +added/-removed lines"
- - files: List of strings. All files modified, added, or removed by
- this changeset.
- - file_adds: List of strings. Files added by this changeset.
- - file_mods: List of strings. Files modified by this changeset.
- - file_dels: List of strings. Files removed by this changeset.
- - node: String. The changeset identification hash, as a
- 40-character hexadecimal string.
- - parents: List of strings. The parents of the changeset.
- - rev: Integer. The repository-local changeset revision number.
- - tags: List of strings. Any tags associated with the changeset.
+ :author: String. The unmodified author of the changeset.
+ :branches: String. The name of the branch on which the changeset
+ was committed. Will be empty if the branch name was
+ default.
+ :date: Date information. The date when the changeset was
+ committed.
+ :desc: String. The text of the changeset description.
+ :diffstat: String. Statistics of changes with the following
+ format: "modified files: +added/-removed lines"
+ :files: List of strings. All files modified, added, or removed
+ by this changeset.
+ :file_adds: List of strings. Files added by this changeset.
+ :file_mods: List of strings. Files modified by this changeset.
+ :file_dels: List of strings. Files removed by this changeset.
+ :node: String. The changeset identification hash, as a
+ 40-character hexadecimal string.
+ :parents: List of strings. The parents of the changeset.
+ :rev: Integer. The repository-local changeset revision
+ number.
+ :tags: List of strings. Any tags associated with the
+ changeset.
The "date" keyword does not produce human-readable output. If you
want to use a date in your output, you can use a filter to process
it. Filters are functions which return a string based on the input
variable. You can also use a chain of filters to get the desired
- output:
+ output::
$ hg tip --template "{date|isodate}\n"
2008-08-21 18:22 +0000
List of filters:
- - addbreaks: Any text. Add an XHTML "<br />" tag before the end of
- every line except the last.
- - age: Date. Returns a human-readable date/time difference between
- the given date/time and the current date/time.
- - basename: Any text. Treats the text as a path, and returns the
- last component of the path after splitting by the path
- separator (ignoring trailing separators). For example,
- "foo/bar/baz" becomes "baz" and "foo/bar//" becomes "bar".
- - stripdir: Treat the text as path and strip a directory level, if
- possible. For example, "foo" and "foo/bar" becomes "foo".
- - date: Date. Returns a date in a Unix date format, including
- the timezone: "Mon Sep 04 15:13:13 2006 0700".
- - domain: Any text. Finds the first string that looks like an
- email address, and extracts just the domain component.
- Example: 'User <user@example.com>' becomes 'example.com'.
- - email: Any text. Extracts the first string that looks like an
- email address. Example: 'User <user@example.com>' becomes
- 'user@example.com'.
- - escape: Any text. Replaces the special XML/XHTML characters "&",
- "<" and ">" with XML entities.
- - fill68: Any text. Wraps the text to fit in 68 columns.
- - fill76: Any text. Wraps the text to fit in 76 columns.
- - firstline: Any text. Returns the first line of text.
- - nonempty: Any text. Returns '(none)' if the string is empty.
- - hgdate: Date. Returns the date as a pair of numbers:
- "1157407993 25200" (Unix timestamp, timezone offset).
- - isodate: Date. Returns the date in ISO 8601 format.
- - localdate: Date. Converts a date to local date.
- - obfuscate: Any text. Returns the input text rendered as a
- sequence of XML entities.
- - person: Any text. Returns the text before an email address.
- - rfc822date: Date. Returns a date using the same format used
- in email headers.
- - short: Changeset hash. Returns the short form of a changeset
- hash, i.e. a 12-byte hexadecimal string.
- - shortdate: Date. Returns a date like "2006-09-18".
- - strip: Any text. Strips all leading and trailing whitespace.
- - tabindent: Any text. Returns the text, with every line except
- the first starting with a tab character.
- - urlescape: Any text. Escapes all "special" characters. For
- example, "foo bar" becomes "foo%20bar".
- - user: Any text. Returns the user portion of an email address.
+ :addbreaks: Any text. Add an XHTML "<br />" tag before the end of
+ every line except the last.
+ :age: Date. Returns a human-readable date/time difference
+ between the given date/time and the current
+ date/time.
+ :basename: Any text. Treats the text as a path, and returns the
+ last component of the path after splitting by the
+ path separator (ignoring trailing separators). For
+ example, "foo/bar/baz" becomes "baz" and "foo/bar//"
+ becomes "bar".
+ :stripdir: Treat the text as path and strip a directory level,
+ if possible. For example, "foo" and "foo/bar" becomes
+ "foo".
+ :date: Date. Returns a date in a Unix date format, including
+ the timezone: "Mon Sep 04 15:13:13 2006 0700".
+ :domain: Any text. Finds the first string that looks like an
+ email address, and extracts just the domain
+ component. Example: 'User <user@example.com>' becomes
+ 'example.com'.
+ :email: Any text. Extracts the first string that looks like
+ an email address. Example: 'User <user@example.com>'
+ becomes 'user@example.com'.
+ :escape: Any text. Replaces the special XML/XHTML characters
+ "&", "<" and ">" with XML entities.
+ :fill68: Any text. Wraps the text to fit in 68 columns.
+ :fill76: Any text. Wraps the text to fit in 76 columns.
+ :firstline: Any text. Returns the first line of text.
+ :nonempty: Any text. Returns '(none)' if the string is empty.
+ :hgdate: Date. Returns the date as a pair of numbers:
+ "1157407993 25200" (Unix timestamp, timezone offset).
+ :isodate: Date. Returns the date in ISO 8601 format.
+ :localdate: Date. Converts a date to local date.
+ :obfuscate: Any text. Returns the input text rendered as a
+ sequence of XML entities.
+ :person: Any text. Returns the text before an email address.
+ :rfc822date: Date. Returns a date using the same format used in
+ email headers.
+ :short: Changeset hash. Returns the short form of a changeset
+ hash, i.e. a 12-byte hexadecimal string.
+ :shortdate: Date. Returns a date like "2006-09-18".
+ :strip: Any text. Strips all leading and trailing whitespace.
+ :tabindent: Any text. Returns the text, with every line except
+ the first starting with a tab character.
+ :urlescape: Any text. Escapes all "special" characters. For
+ example, "foo bar" becomes "foo%20bar".
+ :user: Any text. Returns the user portion of an email
+ address.
''')),
(['urls'], _('URL Paths'),
_(r'''
- Valid URLs are of the form:
+ Valid URLs are of the form::
local/filesystem/path[#revision]
file://local/filesystem/path[#revision]
@@ -455,8 +465,8 @@
ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]
Paths in the local filesystem can either point to Mercurial
- repositories or to bundle files (as created by 'hg bundle' or
- 'hg incoming --bundle').
+ repositories or to bundle files (as created by 'hg bundle' or 'hg
+ incoming --bundle').
An optional identifier after # indicates a particular branch, tag,
or changeset to use from the remote repository. See also 'hg help
@@ -467,27 +477,34 @@
Mercurial server.
Some notes about using SSH with Mercurial:
+
- SSH requires an accessible shell account on the destination
machine and a copy of hg in the remote path or specified with as
remotecmd.
- path is relative to the remote user's home directory by default.
- Use an extra slash at the start of a path to specify an absolute path:
+ Use an extra slash at the start of a path to specify an absolute
+ path::
+
ssh://example.com//tmp/repository
+
- Mercurial doesn't use its own compression via SSH; the right
- thing to do is to configure it in your ~/.ssh/config, e.g.:
+ thing to do is to configure it in your ~/.ssh/config, e.g.::
+
Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com
Compression no
Host *
Compression yes
+
Alternatively specify "ssh -C" as your ssh command in your hgrc
or with the --ssh command line option.
These URLs can all be stored in your hgrc with path aliases under
- the [paths] section like so:
- [paths]
- alias1 = URL1
- alias2 = URL2
- ...
+ the [paths] section like so::
+
+ [paths]
+ alias1 = URL1
+ alias2 = URL2
+ ...
You can then use the alias for any command that uses a URL (for
example 'hg pull alias1' would pull from the 'alias1' path).
--- a/mercurial/hg.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/hg.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -277,9 +277,9 @@
revs = None
if rev:
if 'lookup' not in src_repo.capabilities:
- raise util.Abort(_("src repository does not support revision "
- "lookup and so doesn't support clone by "
- "revision"))
+ raise util.Abort(_("src repository does not support "
+ "revision lookup and so doesn't "
+ "support clone by revision"))
revs = [src_repo.lookup(r) for r in rev]
checkout = revs[0]
if dest_repo.local():
--- a/mercurial/hgweb/common.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/hgweb/common.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
os.stat(path)
ct = mimetypes.guess_type(path)[0] or "text/plain"
req.respond(HTTP_OK, ct, length = os.path.getsize(path))
- return file(path, 'rb').read()
+ return open(path, 'rb').read()
except TypeError:
raise ErrorResponse(HTTP_SERVER_ERROR, 'illegal filename')
except OSError, err:
--- a/mercurial/hgweb/protocol.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/hgweb/protocol.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
try:
r = hex(repo.lookup(req.form['key'][0]))
success = 1
- except Exception,inst:
+ except Exception, inst:
r = str(inst)
success = 0
resp = "%s %s\n" % (success, r)
--- a/mercurial/hgweb/server.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/hgweb/server.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
for msg in seq:
self.handler.log_error("HG error: %s", msg)
-class _hgwebhandler(object, BaseHTTPServer.BaseHTTPRequestHandler):
+class _hgwebhandler(BaseHTTPServer.BaseHTTPRequestHandler):
url_scheme = 'http'
--- a/mercurial/hgweb/webcommands.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/hgweb/webcommands.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
text = '(binary:%s)' % mt
def lines():
- for lineno, t in enumerate(text.splitlines(1)):
+ for lineno, t in enumerate(text.splitlines(True)):
yield {"line": t,
"lineid": "l%d" % (lineno + 1),
"linenumber": "% 6d" % (lineno + 1),
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@
i.reverse()
parity = paritygen(web.stripecount)
- def entries(notip=False,limit=0, **map):
+ def entries(notip=False, limit=0, **map):
count = 0
for k, n in i:
if notip and k == "tip":
--- a/mercurial/ignore.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/ignore.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -11,8 +11,16 @@
_commentre = None
-def _parselines(fp):
- for line in fp:
+def ignorepats(lines):
+ '''parse lines (iterable) of .hgignore text, returning a tuple of
+ (patterns, parse errors). These patterns should be given to compile()
+ to be validated and converted into a match function.'''
+ syntaxes = {'re': 'relre:', 'regexp': 'relre:', 'glob': 'relglob:'}
+ syntax = 'relre:'
+ patterns = []
+ warnings = []
+
+ for line in lines:
if "#" in line:
global _commentre
if not _commentre:
@@ -22,11 +30,30 @@
# fixup properly escaped comments that survived the above
line = line.replace("\\#", "#")
line = line.rstrip()
- if line:
- yield line
+ if not line:
+ continue
+
+ if line.startswith('syntax:'):
+ s = line[7:].strip()
+ try:
+ syntax = syntaxes[s]
+ except KeyError:
+ warnings.append(_("ignoring invalid syntax '%s'") % s)
+ continue
+ pat = syntax + line
+ for s, rels in syntaxes.iteritems():
+ if line.startswith(rels):
+ pat = line
+ break
+ elif line.startswith(s+':'):
+ pat = rels + line[len(s)+1:]
+ break
+ patterns.append(pat)
+
+ return patterns, warnings
def ignore(root, files, warn):
- '''return the contents of .hgignore files as a list of patterns.
+ '''return matcher covering patterns in 'files'.
the files parsed for patterns include:
.hgignore in the repository root
@@ -45,30 +72,14 @@
glob:pattern # non-rooted glob
pattern # pattern of the current default type'''
- syntaxes = {'re': 'relre:', 'regexp': 'relre:', 'glob': 'relglob:'}
pats = {}
for f in files:
try:
pats[f] = []
fp = open(f)
- syntax = 'relre:'
- for line in _parselines(fp):
- if line.startswith('syntax:'):
- s = line[7:].strip()
- try:
- syntax = syntaxes[s]
- except KeyError:
- warn(_("%s: ignoring invalid syntax '%s'\n") % (f, s))
- continue
- pat = syntax + line
- for s, rels in syntaxes.iteritems():
- if line.startswith(rels):
- pat = line
- break
- elif line.startswith(s+':'):
- pat = rels + line[len(s)+1:]
- break
- pats[f].append(pat)
+ pats[f], warnings = ignorepats(fp)
+ for warning in warnings:
+ warn("%s: %s\n" % (f, warning))
except IOError, inst:
if f != files[0]:
warn(_("skipping unreadable ignore file '%s': %s\n") %
--- a/mercurial/localrepo.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/localrepo.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@
import util, extensions, hook, error
import match as match_
import merge as merge_
+import tags as tags_
from lock import release
import weakref, stat, errno, os, time, inspect
propertycache = util.propertycache
@@ -89,8 +90,14 @@
self.sjoin = self.store.join
self.opener.createmode = self.store.createmode
- self.tagscache = None
- self._tagstypecache = None
+ # These two define the set of tags for this repository. _tags
+ # maps tag name to node; _tagtypes maps tag name to 'global' or
+ # 'local'. (Global tags are defined by .hgtags across all
+ # heads, and local tags are defined in .hg/localtags.) They
+ # constitute the in-memory cache of tags.
+ self._tags = None
+ self._tagtypes = None
+
self.branchcache = None
self._ubranchcache = None # UTF-8 version of branchcache
self._branchcachetip = None
@@ -160,8 +167,8 @@
fp.write('\n')
for name in names:
m = munge and munge(name) or name
- if self._tagstypecache and name in self._tagstypecache:
- old = self.tagscache.get(name, nullid)
+ if self._tagtypes and name in self._tagtypes:
+ old = self._tags.get(name, nullid)
fp.write('%s %s\n' % (hex(old), m))
fp.write('%s %s\n' % (hex(node), m))
fp.close()
@@ -233,100 +240,43 @@
def tags(self):
'''return a mapping of tag to node'''
- if self.tagscache:
- return self.tagscache
+ if self._tags is None:
+ (self._tags, self._tagtypes) = self._findtags()
+
+ return self._tags
- globaltags = {}
+ def _findtags(self):
+ '''Do the hard work of finding tags. Return a pair of dicts
+ (tags, tagtypes) where tags maps tag name to node, and tagtypes
+ maps tag name to a string like \'global\' or \'local\'.
+ Subclasses or extensions are free to add their own tags, but
+ should be aware that the returned dicts will be retained for the
+ duration of the localrepo object.'''
+
+ # XXX what tagtype should subclasses/extensions use? Currently
+ # mq and bookmarks add tags, but do not set the tagtype at all.
+ # Should each extension invent its own tag type? Should there
+ # be one tagtype for all such "virtual" tags? Or is the status
+ # quo fine?
+
+ alltags = {} # map tag name to (node, hist)
tagtypes = {}
- def readtags(lines, fn, tagtype):
- filetags = {}
- count = 0
-
- def warn(msg):
- self.ui.warn(_("%s, line %s: %s\n") % (fn, count, msg))
-
- for l in lines:
- count += 1
- if not l:
- continue
- s = l.split(" ", 1)
- if len(s) != 2:
- warn(_("cannot parse entry"))
- continue
- node, key = s
- key = encoding.tolocal(key.strip()) # stored in UTF-8
- try:
- bin_n = bin(node)
- except TypeError:
- warn(_("node '%s' is not well formed") % node)
- continue
- if bin_n not in self.changelog.nodemap:
- # silently ignore as pull -r might cause this
- continue
-
- h = []
- if key in filetags:
- n, h = filetags[key]
- h.append(n)
- filetags[key] = (bin_n, h)
-
- for k, nh in filetags.iteritems():
- if k not in globaltags:
- globaltags[k] = nh
- tagtypes[k] = tagtype
- continue
+ tags_.findglobaltags(self.ui, self, alltags, tagtypes)
+ tags_.readlocaltags(self.ui, self, alltags, tagtypes)
- # we prefer the global tag if:
- # it supercedes us OR
- # mutual supercedes and it has a higher rank
- # otherwise we win because we're tip-most
- an, ah = nh
- bn, bh = globaltags[k]
- if (bn != an and an in bh and
- (bn not in ah or len(bh) > len(ah))):
- an = bn
- ah.extend([n for n in bh if n not in ah])
- globaltags[k] = an, ah
- tagtypes[k] = tagtype
-
- seen = set()
- f = None
- ctxs = []
- for node in self.heads():
- try:
- fnode = self[node].filenode('.hgtags')
- except error.LookupError:
- continue
- if fnode not in seen:
- seen.add(fnode)
- if not f:
- f = self.filectx('.hgtags', fileid=fnode)
- else:
- f = f.filectx(fnode)
- ctxs.append(f)
-
- # read the tags file from each head, ending with the tip
- for f in reversed(ctxs):
- readtags(f.data().splitlines(), f, "global")
-
- try:
- data = encoding.fromlocal(self.opener("localtags").read())
- # localtags are stored in the local character set
- # while the internal tag table is stored in UTF-8
- readtags(data.splitlines(), "localtags", "local")
- except IOError:
- pass
-
- self.tagscache = {}
- self._tagstypecache = {}
- for k, nh in globaltags.iteritems():
- n = nh[0]
- if n != nullid:
- self.tagscache[k] = n
- self._tagstypecache[k] = tagtypes[k]
- self.tagscache['tip'] = self.changelog.tip()
- return self.tagscache
+ # Build the return dicts. Have to re-encode tag names because
+ # the tags module always uses UTF-8 (in order not to lose info
+ # writing to the cache), but the rest of Mercurial wants them in
+ # local encoding.
+ tags = {}
+ for (name, (node, hist)) in alltags.iteritems():
+ if node != nullid:
+ tags[encoding.tolocal(name)] = node
+ tags['tip'] = self.changelog.tip()
+ tagtypes = dict([(encoding.tolocal(name), value)
+ for (name, value) in tagtypes.iteritems()])
+ return (tags, tagtypes)
def tagtype(self, tagname):
'''
@@ -339,7 +289,7 @@
self.tags()
- return self._tagstypecache.get(tagname)
+ return self._tagtypes.get(tagname)
def tagslist(self):
'''return a list of tags ordered by revision'''
@@ -668,6 +618,7 @@
% encoding.tolocal(self.dirstate.branch()))
self.invalidate()
self.dirstate.invalidate()
+ self.destroyed()
else:
self.ui.warn(_("no rollback information available\n"))
finally:
@@ -677,8 +628,8 @@
for a in "changelog manifest".split():
if a in self.__dict__:
delattr(self, a)
- self.tagscache = None
- self._tagstypecache = None
+ self._tags = None
+ self._tagtypes = None
self.nodetagscache = None
self.branchcache = None
self._ubranchcache = None
@@ -966,6 +917,25 @@
del tr
lock.release()
+ def destroyed(self):
+ '''Inform the repository that nodes have been destroyed.
+ Intended for use by strip and rollback, so there's a common
+ place for anything that has to be done after destroying history.'''
+ # XXX it might be nice if we could take the list of destroyed
+ # nodes, but I don't see an easy way for rollback() to do that
+
+ # Ensure the persistent tag cache is updated. Doing it now
+ # means that the tag cache only has to worry about destroyed
+ # heads immediately after a strip/rollback. That in turn
+ # guarantees that "cachetip == currenttip" (comparing both rev
+ # and node) always means no nodes have been added or destroyed.
+
+ # XXX this is suboptimal when qrefresh'ing: we strip the current
+ # head, refresh the tag cache, then immediately add a new head.
+ # But I think doing it this way is necessary for the "instant
+ # tag cache retrieval" case to work.
+ tags_.findglobaltags(self.ui, self, {}, {})
+
def walk(self, match, node=None):
'''
walk recursively through the directory tree or a given
@@ -1708,24 +1678,13 @@
def identity(x):
return x
- # A function generating function. Sets up an environment for the
- # inner function.
- def cmp_by_rev_func(revlog):
- # Compare two nodes by their revision number in the environment's
- # revision history. Since the revision number both represents the
- # most efficient order to read the nodes in, and represents a
- # topological sorting of the nodes, this function is often useful.
- def cmp_by_rev(a, b):
- return cmp(revlog.rev(a), revlog.rev(b))
- return cmp_by_rev
-
# If we determine that a particular file or manifest node must be a
# node that the recipient of the changegroup will already have, we can
# also assume the recipient will have all the parents. This function
# prunes them from the set of missing nodes.
def prune_parents(revlog, hasset, msngset):
haslst = list(hasset)
- haslst.sort(cmp_by_rev_func(revlog))
+ haslst.sort(key=revlog.rev)
for node in haslst:
parentlst = [p for p in revlog.parents(node) if p != nullid]
while parentlst:
@@ -1875,7 +1834,7 @@
add_extra_nodes(1, msng_mnfst_set)
msng_mnfst_lst = msng_mnfst_set.keys()
# Sort the manifestnodes by revision number.
- msng_mnfst_lst.sort(cmp_by_rev_func(mnfst))
+ msng_mnfst_lst.sort(key=mnfst.rev)
# Create a generator for the manifestnodes that calls our lookup
# and data collection functions back.
group = mnfst.group(msng_mnfst_lst, lookup_manifest_link,
@@ -1913,7 +1872,7 @@
yield changegroup.chunkheader(len(fname))
yield fname
# Sort the filenodes by their revision #
- msng_filenode_lst.sort(cmp_by_rev_func(filerevlog))
+ msng_filenode_lst.sort(key=filerevlog.rev)
# Create a group generator and only pass in a changenode
# lookup function as we need to collect no information
# from filenodes.
--- a/mercurial/lsprof.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/lsprof.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -26,12 +26,10 @@
"""XXX docstring"""
if crit not in profiler_entry.__dict__:
raise ValueError("Can't sort by %s" % crit)
- self.data.sort(lambda b, a: cmp(getattr(a, crit),
- getattr(b, crit)))
+ self.data.sort(key=lambda x: getattr(x, crit), reverse=True)
for e in self.data:
if e.calls:
- e.calls.sort(lambda b, a: cmp(getattr(a, crit),
- getattr(b, crit)))
+ e.calls.sort(key=lambda x: getattr(x, crit), reverse=True)
def pprint(self, top=None, file=None, limit=None, climit=None):
"""XXX docstring"""
--- a/mercurial/match.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/match.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -5,7 +5,8 @@
# This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
# GNU General Public License version 2, incorporated herein by reference.
-import util, re
+import re
+import util
class match(object):
def __init__(self, root, cwd, patterns, include=[], exclude=[],
--- a/mercurial/merge.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/merge.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -131,11 +131,13 @@
if m == n: # flags agree
return m # unchanged
if m and n and not a: # flags set, don't agree, differ from parent
- r = repo.ui.prompt(
+ r = repo.ui.promptchoice(
_(" conflicting flags for %s\n"
"(n)one, e(x)ec or sym(l)ink?") % f,
- (_("&None"), _("E&xec"), _("Sym&link")), _("n"))
- return r != _("n") and r or ''
+ (_("&None"), _("E&xec"), _("Sym&link")), 0)
+ if r == 1: return "x" # Exec
+ if r == 2: return "l" # Symlink
+ return ""
if m and m != a: # changed from a to m
return m
if n and n != a: # changed from a to n
@@ -191,10 +193,10 @@
f, f2, f, fmerge(f, f2, f2), False)
elif f in ma: # clean, a different, no remote
if n != ma[f]:
- if repo.ui.prompt(
+ if repo.ui.promptchoice(
_(" local changed %s which remote deleted\n"
"use (c)hanged version or (d)elete?") % f,
- (_("&Changed"), _("&Delete")), _("c")) == _("d"):
+ (_("&Changed"), _("&Delete")), 0):
act("prompt delete", "r", f)
else:
act("prompt keep", "a", f)
@@ -222,10 +224,10 @@
elif f not in ma:
act("remote created", "g", f, m2.flags(f))
elif n != ma[f]:
- if repo.ui.prompt(
+ if repo.ui.promptchoice(
_("remote changed %s which local deleted\n"
"use (c)hanged version or leave (d)eleted?") % f,
- (_("&Changed"), _("&Deleted")), _("c")) == _("c"):
+ (_("&Changed"), _("&Deleted")), 0) == 0:
act("prompt recreating", "g", f, m2.flags(f))
return action
@@ -288,7 +290,7 @@
continue
f2, fd, flags, move = a[2:]
r = ms.resolve(fd, wctx, mctx)
- if r > 0:
+ if r is not None and r > 0:
unresolved += 1
else:
if r is None:
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/mercurial/minirst.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,343 @@
+# minirst.py - minimal reStructuredText parser
+#
+# Copyright 2009 Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> and others
+#
+# This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
+# GNU General Public License version 2, incorporated herein by reference.
+
+"""simplified reStructuredText parser.
+
+This parser knows just enough about reStructuredText to parse the
+Mercurial docstrings.
+
+It cheats in a major way: nested blocks are not really nested. They
+are just indented blocks that look like they are nested. This relies
+on the user to keep the right indentation for the blocks.
+
+It only supports a small subset of reStructuredText:
+
+- paragraphs
+
+- definition lists (must use ' ' to indent definitions)
+
+- lists (items must start with '-')
+
+- field lists (colons cannot be escaped)
+
+- literal blocks
+
+- option lists (supports only long options without arguments)
+
+- inline markup is not recognized at all.
+"""
+
+import re, sys, textwrap
+
+
+def findblocks(text):
+ """Find continuous blocks of lines in text.
+
+ Returns a list of dictionaries representing the blocks. Each block
+ has an 'indent' field and a 'lines' field.
+ """
+ blocks = [[]]
+ lines = text.splitlines()
+ for line in lines:
+ if line.strip():
+ blocks[-1].append(line)
+ elif blocks[-1]:
+ blocks.append([])
+ if not blocks[-1]:
+ del blocks[-1]
+
+ for i, block in enumerate(blocks):
+ indent = min((len(l) - len(l.lstrip())) for l in block)
+ blocks[i] = dict(indent=indent, lines=[l[indent:] for l in block])
+ return blocks
+
+
+def findliteralblocks(blocks):
+ """Finds literal blocks and adds a 'type' field to the blocks.
+
+ Literal blocks are given the type 'literal', all other blocks are
+ given type the 'paragraph'.
+ """
+ i = 0
+ while i < len(blocks):
+ # Searching for a block that looks like this:
+ #
+ # +------------------------------+
+ # | paragraph |
+ # | (ends with "::") |
+ # +------------------------------+
+ # +---------------------------+
+ # | indented literal block |
+ # +---------------------------+
+ blocks[i]['type'] = 'paragraph'
+ if blocks[i]['lines'][-1].endswith('::') and i+1 < len(blocks):
+ indent = blocks[i]['indent']
+ adjustment = blocks[i+1]['indent'] - indent
+
+ if blocks[i]['lines'] == ['::']:
+ # Expanded form: remove block
+ del blocks[i]
+ i -= 1
+ elif blocks[i]['lines'][-1].endswith(' ::'):
+ # Partially minimized form: remove space and both
+ # colons.
+ blocks[i]['lines'][-1] = blocks[i]['lines'][-1][:-3]
+ else:
+ # Fully minimized form: remove just one colon.
+ blocks[i]['lines'][-1] = blocks[i]['lines'][-1][:-1]
+
+ # List items are formatted with a hanging indent. We must
+ # correct for this here while we still have the original
+ # information on the indentation of the subsequent literal
+ # blocks available.
+ if blocks[i]['lines'][0].startswith('- '):
+ indent += 2
+ adjustment -= 2
+
+ # Mark the following indented blocks.
+ while i+1 < len(blocks) and blocks[i+1]['indent'] > indent:
+ blocks[i+1]['type'] = 'literal'
+ blocks[i+1]['indent'] -= adjustment
+ i += 1
+ i += 1
+ return blocks
+
+
+def findsections(blocks):
+ """Finds sections.
+
+ The blocks must have a 'type' field, i.e., they should have been
+ run through findliteralblocks first.
+ """
+ for block in blocks:
+ # Searching for a block that looks like this:
+ #
+ # +------------------------------+
+ # | Section title |
+ # | ------------- |
+ # +------------------------------+
+ if (block['type'] == 'paragraph' and
+ len(block['lines']) == 2 and
+ block['lines'][1] == '-' * len(block['lines'][0])):
+ block['type'] = 'section'
+ return blocks
+
+
+def findbulletlists(blocks):
+ """Finds bullet lists.
+
+ The blocks must have a 'type' field, i.e., they should have been
+ run through findliteralblocks first.
+ """
+ i = 0
+ while i < len(blocks):
+ # Searching for a paragraph that looks like this:
+ #
+ # +------+-----------------------+
+ # | "- " | list item |
+ # +------| (body elements)+ |
+ # +-----------------------+
+ if (blocks[i]['type'] == 'paragraph' and
+ blocks[i]['lines'][0].startswith('- ')):
+ items = []
+ for line in blocks[i]['lines']:
+ if line.startswith('- '):
+ items.append(dict(type='bullet', lines=[],
+ indent=blocks[i]['indent']))
+ line = line[2:]
+ items[-1]['lines'].append(line)
+ blocks[i:i+1] = items
+ i += len(items) - 1
+ i += 1
+ return blocks
+
+
+_optionre = re.compile(r'^(--[a-z-]+)((?:[ =][a-zA-Z][\w-]*)? +)(.*)$')
+def findoptionlists(blocks):
+ """Finds option lists.
+
+ The blocks must have a 'type' field, i.e., they should have been
+ run through findliteralblocks first.
+ """
+ i = 0
+ while i < len(blocks):
+ # Searching for a paragraph that looks like this:
+ #
+ # +----------------------------+-------------+
+ # | "--" option " " | description |
+ # +-------+--------------------+ |
+ # | (body elements)+ |
+ # +----------------------------------+
+ if (blocks[i]['type'] == 'paragraph' and
+ _optionre.match(blocks[i]['lines'][0])):
+ options = []
+ for line in blocks[i]['lines']:
+ m = _optionre.match(line)
+ if m:
+ option, arg, rest = m.groups()
+ width = len(option) + len(arg)
+ options.append(dict(type='option', lines=[],
+ indent=blocks[i]['indent'],
+ width=width))
+ options[-1]['lines'].append(line)
+ blocks[i:i+1] = options
+ i += len(options) - 1
+ i += 1
+ return blocks
+
+
+_fieldre = re.compile(r':(?![: ])([^:]*)(?<! ):( +)(.*)')
+def findfieldlists(blocks):
+ """Finds fields lists.
+
+ The blocks must have a 'type' field, i.e., they should have been
+ run through findliteralblocks first.
+ """
+ i = 0
+ while i < len(blocks):
+ # Searching for a paragraph that looks like this:
+ #
+ #
+ # +--------------------+----------------------+
+ # | ":" field name ":" | field body |
+ # +-------+------------+ |
+ # | (body elements)+ |
+ # +-----------------------------------+
+ if (blocks[i]['type'] == 'paragraph' and
+ _fieldre.match(blocks[i]['lines'][0])):
+ indent = blocks[i]['indent']
+ fields = []
+ for line in blocks[i]['lines']:
+ m = _fieldre.match(line)
+ if m:
+ key, spaces, rest = m.groups()
+ width = 2 + len(key) + len(spaces)
+ fields.append(dict(type='field', lines=[],
+ indent=indent, width=width))
+ # Turn ":foo: bar" into "foo bar".
+ line = '%s %s%s' % (key, spaces, rest)
+ fields[-1]['lines'].append(line)
+ blocks[i:i+1] = fields
+ i += len(fields) - 1
+ i += 1
+ return blocks
+
+
+def finddefinitionlists(blocks):
+ """Finds definition lists.
+
+ The blocks must have a 'type' field, i.e., they should have been
+ run through findliteralblocks first.
+ """
+ i = 0
+ while i < len(blocks):
+ # Searching for a paragraph that looks like this:
+ #
+ # +----------------------------+
+ # | term |
+ # +--+-------------------------+--+
+ # | definition |
+ # | (body elements)+ |
+ # +----------------------------+
+ if (blocks[i]['type'] == 'paragraph' and
+ len(blocks[i]['lines']) > 1 and
+ not blocks[i]['lines'][0].startswith(' ') and
+ blocks[i]['lines'][1].startswith(' ')):
+ definitions = []
+ for line in blocks[i]['lines']:
+ if not line.startswith(' '):
+ definitions.append(dict(type='definition', lines=[],
+ indent=blocks[i]['indent']))
+ definitions[-1]['lines'].append(line)
+ definitions[-1]['hang'] = len(line) - len(line.lstrip())
+ blocks[i:i+1] = definitions
+ i += len(definitions) - 1
+ i += 1
+ return blocks
+
+
+def addmargins(blocks):
+ """Adds empty blocks for vertical spacing.
+
+ This groups bullets, options, and definitions together with no vertical
+ space between them, and adds an empty block between all other blocks.
+ """
+ i = 1
+ while i < len(blocks):
+ if (blocks[i]['type'] == blocks[i-1]['type'] and
+ blocks[i]['type'] in ('bullet', 'option', 'field', 'definition')):
+ i += 1
+ else:
+ blocks.insert(i, dict(lines=[''], indent=0, type='margin'))
+ i += 2
+ return blocks
+
+
+def formatblock(block, width):
+ """Format a block according to width."""
+ indent = ' ' * block['indent']
+ if block['type'] == 'margin':
+ return ''
+ elif block['type'] == 'literal':
+ indent += ' '
+ return indent + ('\n' + indent).join(block['lines'])
+ elif block['type'] == 'section':
+ return indent + ('\n' + indent).join(block['lines'])
+ elif block['type'] == 'definition':
+ term = indent + block['lines'][0]
+ defindent = indent + block['hang'] * ' '
+ text = ' '.join(map(str.strip, block['lines'][1:]))
+ return "%s\n%s" % (term, textwrap.fill(text, width=width,
+ initial_indent=defindent,
+ subsequent_indent=defindent))
+ else:
+ initindent = subindent = indent
+ text = ' '.join(map(str.strip, block['lines']))
+ if block['type'] == 'bullet':
+ initindent = indent + '- '
+ subindent = indent + ' '
+ elif block['type'] in ('option', 'field'):
+ subindent = indent + block['width'] * ' '
+
+ return textwrap.fill(text, width=width,
+ initial_indent=initindent,
+ subsequent_indent=subindent)
+
+
+def format(text, width):
+ """Parse and format the text according to width."""
+ blocks = findblocks(text)
+ blocks = findliteralblocks(blocks)
+ blocks = findsections(blocks)
+ blocks = findbulletlists(blocks)
+ blocks = findoptionlists(blocks)
+ blocks = findfieldlists(blocks)
+ blocks = finddefinitionlists(blocks)
+ blocks = addmargins(blocks)
+ return '\n'.join(formatblock(b, width) for b in blocks)
+
+
+if __name__ == "__main__":
+ from pprint import pprint
+
+ def debug(func, blocks):
+ blocks = func(blocks)
+ print "*** after %s:" % func.__name__
+ pprint(blocks)
+ print
+ return blocks
+
+ text = open(sys.argv[1]).read()
+ blocks = debug(findblocks, text)
+ blocks = debug(findliteralblocks, blocks)
+ blocks = debug(findsections, blocks)
+ blocks = debug(findbulletlists, blocks)
+ blocks = debug(findoptionlists, blocks)
+ blocks = debug(findfieldlists, blocks)
+ blocks = debug(finddefinitionlists, blocks)
+ blocks = debug(addmargins, blocks)
+ print '\n'.join(formatblock(b, 30) for b in blocks)
--- a/mercurial/patch.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/patch.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -326,10 +326,6 @@
# looks through the hash and finds candidate lines. The
# result is a list of line numbers sorted based on distance
# from linenum
- def sorter(a, b):
- vala = abs(a - linenum)
- valb = abs(b - linenum)
- return cmp(vala, valb)
try:
cand = self.hash[l]
@@ -338,7 +334,7 @@
if len(cand) > 1:
# resort our list of potentials forward then back.
- cand.sort(sorter)
+ cand.sort(key=lambda x: abs(x - linenum))
return cand
def hashlines(self):
@@ -1140,7 +1136,7 @@
raise util.Abort(_('Unsupported line endings type: %s') % eolmode)
try:
- fp = file(patchobj, 'rb')
+ fp = open(patchobj, 'rb')
except TypeError:
fp = patchobj
if cwd:
@@ -1432,8 +1428,8 @@
# If diffstat runs out of room it doesn't print anything, which
# isn't very useful, so always print at least one + or - if there
# were at least some changes
- pluses = '+' * max(adds/factor, int(bool(adds)))
- minuses = '-' * max(removes/factor, int(bool(removes)))
+ pluses = '+' * max(adds // factor, int(bool(adds)))
+ minuses = '-' * max(removes // factor, int(bool(removes)))
output.append(' %-*s | %*.d %s%s\n' % (maxname, filename, countwidth,
adds+removes, pluses, minuses))
--- a/mercurial/posix.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/posix.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -7,9 +7,9 @@
from i18n import _
import osutil
-import os, sys, errno, stat, getpass, pwd, grp
+import os, sys, errno, stat, getpass, pwd, grp, fcntl
-posixfile = file
+posixfile = open
nulldev = '/dev/null'
normpath = os.path.normpath
samestat = os.path.samestat
@@ -70,20 +70,20 @@
if l:
if not stat.S_ISLNK(s):
# switch file to link
- data = file(f).read()
+ data = open(f).read()
os.unlink(f)
try:
os.symlink(data, f)
except:
# failed to make a link, rewrite file
- file(f, "w").write(data)
+ open(f, "w").write(data)
# no chmod needed at this point
return
if stat.S_ISLNK(s):
# switch link to file
data = os.readlink(f)
os.unlink(f)
- file(f, "w").write(data)
+ open(f, "w").write(data)
s = 0666 & ~umask # avoid restatting for chmod
sx = s & 0100
@@ -104,6 +104,44 @@
def localpath(path):
return path
+if sys.platform == 'darwin':
+ def realpath(path):
+ '''
+ Returns the true, canonical file system path equivalent to the given
+ path.
+
+ Equivalent means, in this case, resulting in the same, unique
+ file system link to the path. Every file system entry, whether a file,
+ directory, hard link or symbolic link or special, will have a single
+ path preferred by the system, but may allow multiple, differing path
+ lookups to point to it.
+
+ Most regular UNIX file systems only allow a file system entry to be
+ looked up by its distinct path. Obviously, this does not apply to case
+ insensitive file systems, whether case preserving or not. The most
+ complex issue to deal with is file systems transparently reencoding the
+ path, such as the non-standard Unicode normalisation required for HFS+
+ and HFSX.
+ '''
+ # Constants copied from /usr/include/sys/fcntl.h
+ F_GETPATH = 50
+ O_SYMLINK = 0x200000
+
+ try:
+ fd = os.open(path, O_SYMLINK)
+ except OSError, err:
+ if err.errno is errno.ENOENT:
+ return path
+ raise
+
+ try:
+ return fcntl.fcntl(fd, F_GETPATH, '\0' * 1024).rstrip('\0')
+ finally:
+ os.close(fd)
+else:
+ # Fallback to the likely inadequate Python builtin function.
+ realpath = os.path.realpath
+
def shellquote(s):
if os.sys.platform == 'OpenVMS':
return '"%s"' % s
--- a/mercurial/pure/base85.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/pure/base85.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
longs = len(text) >> 2
words = struct.unpack('>%dL' % (longs), text)
- out = ''.join(_b85chars[(word / 52200625) % 85] +
- _b85chars2[(word / 7225) % 7225] +
+ out = ''.join(_b85chars[(word // 52200625) % 85] +
+ _b85chars2[(word // 7225) % 7225] +
_b85chars2[word % 7225]
for word in words)
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
olen = l % 4
if olen:
olen += 1
- olen += l / 4 * 5
+ olen += l // 4 * 5
return out[:olen]
def b85decode(text):
--- a/mercurial/pure/osutil.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/pure/osutil.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
import os
import stat as _stat
-posixfile = file
+posixfile = open
def _mode_to_kind(mode):
if _stat.S_ISREG(mode): return _stat.S_IFREG
--- a/mercurial/repair.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/repair.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -142,3 +142,4 @@
if backup != "strip":
os.unlink(chgrpfile)
+ repo.destroyed()
--- a/mercurial/revlog.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/revlog.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -879,7 +879,7 @@
if len(id) < 40:
try:
# hex(node)[:...]
- l = len(id) / 2 # grab an even number of digits
+ l = len(id) // 2 # grab an even number of digits
bin_id = bin(id[:l*2])
nl = [n for n in self.nodemap if n[:l] == bin_id]
nl = [n for n in nl if hex(n).startswith(id)]
@@ -1354,7 +1354,7 @@
f.seek(0, 2)
actual = f.tell()
s = self._io.size
- i = max(0, actual / s)
+ i = max(0, actual // s)
di = actual - (i * s)
if self._inline:
databytes = 0
--- a/mercurial/sshserver.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/sshserver.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
try:
r = hex(self.repo.lookup(key))
success = 1
- except Exception,inst:
+ except Exception, inst:
r = str(inst)
success = 0
self.respond("%s %s\n" % (success, r))
--- a/mercurial/statichttprepo.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/statichttprepo.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
self.manifest = manifest.manifest(self.sopener)
self.changelog = changelog.changelog(self.sopener)
- self.tagscache = None
+ self._tags = None
self.nodetagscache = None
self.encodepats = None
self.decodepats = None
--- a/mercurial/subrepo.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/subrepo.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
import errno, os
from i18n import _
import config, util, node, error
-localrepo = hg = None
+hg = None
nullstate = ('', '')
@@ -63,11 +63,11 @@
wctx.sub(s).get(r)
sm[s] = r
elif l[0] != r[0]: # sources differ
- if repo.ui.prompt(
+ if repo.ui.promptchoice(
_(' subrepository sources for %s differ\n'
'use (l)ocal source (%s) or (r)emote source (%s)?')
% (s, l[0], r[0]),
- (_('&Local'), _('&Remote')), _('l')) == _('r'):
+ (_('&Local'), _('&Remote')), 0):
wctx.sub(s).get(r)
sm[s] = r
elif l[1] == a[1]: # local side is unchanged
@@ -79,10 +79,10 @@
elif l == a: # remote removed, local unchanged
wctx.sub(s).remove()
else:
- if repo.ui.prompt(
+ if repo.ui.promptchoice(
_(' local changed subrepository %s which remote removed\n'
'use (c)hanged version or (d)elete?') % s,
- (_('&Changed'), _('&Delete')), _('c')) == _('d'):
+ (_('&Changed'), _('&Delete')), 0):
wctx.sub(s).remove()
for s, r in s2.items():
@@ -92,10 +92,10 @@
wctx.sub(s).get(r)
sm[s] = r
elif r != sa[s]:
- if repo.ui.prompt(
+ if repo.ui.promptchoice(
_(' remote changed subrepository %s which local removed\n'
'use (c)hanged version or (d)elete?') % s,
- (_('&Changed'), _('&Delete')), _('c')) == _('c'):
+ (_('&Changed'), _('&Delete')), 0) == 0:
wctx.sub(s).get(r)
sm[s] = r
@@ -122,9 +122,8 @@
# because it wants to make repo objects from deep inside the stack
# so we manually delay the circular imports to not break
# scripts that don't use our demand-loading
- global localrepo, hg
- import localrepo as l, hg as h
- localrepo = l
+ global hg
+ import hg as h
hg = h
util.path_auditor(ctx._repo.root)(path)
@@ -140,10 +139,10 @@
r = ctx._repo
root = r.wjoin(path)
if os.path.exists(os.path.join(root, '.hg')):
- self._repo = localrepo.localrepository(r.ui, root)
+ self._repo = hg.repository(r.ui, root)
else:
util.makedirs(root)
- self._repo = localrepo.localrepository(r.ui, root, create=True)
+ self._repo = hg.repository(r.ui, root, create=True)
self._repo._subparent = r
self._repo._subsource = state[0]
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/mercurial/tags.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
+# tags.py - read tag info from local repository
+#
+# Copyright 2009 Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
+# Copyright 2009 Greg Ward <greg@gerg.ca>
+#
+# This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
+# GNU General Public License version 2, incorporated herein by reference.
+
+# Currently this module only deals with reading and caching tags.
+# Eventually, it could take care of updating (adding/removing/moving)
+# tags too.
+
+import os
+from node import nullid, bin, hex, short
+from i18n import _
+import encoding
+import error
+
+def _debugalways(ui, *msg):
+ ui.write(*msg)
+
+def _debugconditional(ui, *msg):
+ ui.debug(*msg)
+
+def _debugnever(ui, *msg):
+ pass
+
+_debug = _debugalways
+_debug = _debugnever
+
+def findglobaltags1(ui, repo, alltags, tagtypes):
+ '''Find global tags in repo by reading .hgtags from every head that
+ has a distinct version of it. Updates the dicts alltags, tagtypes
+ in place: alltags maps tag name to (node, hist) pair (see _readtags()
+ below), and tagtypes maps tag name to tag type ('global' in this
+ case).'''
+
+ seen = set()
+ fctx = None
+ ctxs = [] # list of filectx
+ for node in repo.heads():
+ try:
+ fnode = repo[node].filenode('.hgtags')
+ except error.LookupError:
+ continue
+ if fnode not in seen:
+ seen.add(fnode)
+ if not fctx:
+ fctx = repo.filectx('.hgtags', fileid=fnode)
+ else:
+ fctx = fctx.filectx(fnode)
+ ctxs.append(fctx)
+
+ # read the tags file from each head, ending with the tip
+ for fctx in reversed(ctxs):
+ filetags = _readtags(
+ ui, repo, fctx.data().splitlines(), fctx)
+ _updatetags(filetags, "global", alltags, tagtypes)
+
+def findglobaltags2(ui, repo, alltags, tagtypes):
+ '''Same as findglobaltags1(), but with caching.'''
+ # This is so we can be lazy and assume alltags contains only global
+ # tags when we pass it to _writetagcache().
+ assert len(alltags) == len(tagtypes) == 0, \
+ "findglobaltags() should be called first"
+
+ (heads, tagfnode, cachetags, shouldwrite) = _readtagcache(ui, repo)
+ if cachetags is not None:
+ assert not shouldwrite
+ # XXX is this really 100% correct? are there oddball special
+ # cases where a global tag should outrank a local tag but won't,
+ # because cachetags does not contain rank info?
+ _updatetags(cachetags, 'global', alltags, tagtypes)
+ return
+
+ _debug(ui, "reading tags from %d head(s): %s\n"
+ % (len(heads), map(short, reversed(heads))))
+ seen = set() # set of fnode
+ fctx = None
+ for head in reversed(heads): # oldest to newest
+ assert head in repo.changelog.nodemap, \
+ "tag cache returned bogus head %s" % short(head)
+
+ fnode = tagfnode.get(head)
+ if fnode and fnode not in seen:
+ seen.add(fnode)
+ if not fctx:
+ fctx = repo.filectx('.hgtags', fileid=fnode)
+ else:
+ fctx = fctx.filectx(fnode)
+
+ filetags = _readtags(ui, repo, fctx.data().splitlines(), fctx)
+ _updatetags(filetags, 'global', alltags, tagtypes)
+
+ # and update the cache (if necessary)
+ if shouldwrite:
+ _writetagcache(ui, repo, heads, tagfnode, alltags)
+
+# Set this to findglobaltags1 to disable tag caching.
+findglobaltags = findglobaltags2
+
+def readlocaltags(ui, repo, alltags, tagtypes):
+ '''Read local tags in repo. Update alltags and tagtypes.'''
+ try:
+ # localtags is in the local encoding; re-encode to UTF-8 on
+ # input for consistency with the rest of this module.
+ data = repo.opener("localtags").read()
+ filetags = _readtags(
+ ui, repo, data.splitlines(), "localtags",
+ recode=encoding.fromlocal)
+ _updatetags(filetags, "local", alltags, tagtypes)
+ except IOError:
+ pass
+
+def _readtags(ui, repo, lines, fn, recode=None):
+ '''Read tag definitions from a file (or any source of lines).
+ Return a mapping from tag name to (node, hist): node is the node id
+ from the last line read for that name, and hist is the list of node
+ ids previously associated with it (in file order). All node ids are
+ binary, not hex.'''
+
+ filetags = {} # map tag name to (node, hist)
+ count = 0
+
+ def warn(msg):
+ ui.warn(_("%s, line %s: %s\n") % (fn, count, msg))
+
+ for line in lines:
+ count += 1
+ if not line:
+ continue
+ try:
+ (nodehex, name) = line.split(" ", 1)
+ except ValueError:
+ warn(_("cannot parse entry"))
+ continue
+ name = name.strip()
+ if recode:
+ name = recode(name)
+ try:
+ nodebin = bin(nodehex)
+ except TypeError:
+ warn(_("node '%s' is not well formed") % nodehex)
+ continue
+ if nodebin not in repo.changelog.nodemap:
+ # silently ignore as pull -r might cause this
+ continue
+
+ # update filetags
+ hist = []
+ if name in filetags:
+ n, hist = filetags[name]
+ hist.append(n)
+ filetags[name] = (nodebin, hist)
+ return filetags
+
+def _updatetags(filetags, tagtype, alltags, tagtypes):
+ '''Incorporate the tag info read from one file into the two
+ dictionaries, alltags and tagtypes, that contain all tag
+ info (global across all heads plus local).'''
+
+ for name, nodehist in filetags.iteritems():
+ if name not in alltags:
+ alltags[name] = nodehist
+ tagtypes[name] = tagtype
+ continue
+
+ # we prefer alltags[name] if:
+ # it supercedes us OR
+ # mutual supercedes and it has a higher rank
+ # otherwise we win because we're tip-most
+ anode, ahist = nodehist
+ bnode, bhist = alltags[name]
+ if (bnode != anode and anode in bhist and
+ (bnode not in ahist or len(bhist) > len(ahist))):
+ anode = bnode
+ ahist.extend([n for n in bhist if n not in ahist])
+ alltags[name] = anode, ahist
+ tagtypes[name] = tagtype
+
+
+# The tag cache only stores info about heads, not the tag contents
+# from each head. I.e. it doesn't try to squeeze out the maximum
+# performance, but is simpler has a better chance of actually
+# working correctly. And this gives the biggest performance win: it
+# avoids looking up .hgtags in the manifest for every head, and it
+# can avoid calling heads() at all if there have been no changes to
+# the repo.
+
+def _readtagcache(ui, repo):
+ '''Read the tag cache and return a tuple (heads, fnodes, cachetags,
+ shouldwrite). If the cache is completely up-to-date, cachetags is a
+ dict of the form returned by _readtags(); otherwise, it is None and
+ heads and fnodes are set. In that case, heads is the list of all
+ heads currently in the repository (ordered from tip to oldest) and
+ fnodes is a mapping from head to .hgtags filenode. If those two are
+ set, caller is responsible for reading tag info from each head.'''
+
+ try:
+ cachefile = repo.opener('tags.cache', 'r')
+ _debug(ui, 'reading tag cache from %s\n' % cachefile.name)
+ except IOError:
+ cachefile = None
+
+ # The cache file consists of lines like
+ # <headrev> <headnode> [<tagnode>]
+ # where <headrev> and <headnode> redundantly identify a repository
+ # head from the time the cache was written, and <tagnode> is the
+ # filenode of .hgtags on that head. Heads with no .hgtags file will
+ # have no <tagnode>. The cache is ordered from tip to oldest (which
+ # is part of why <headrev> is there: a quick visual check is all
+ # that's required to ensure correct order).
+ #
+ # This information is enough to let us avoid the most expensive part
+ # of finding global tags, which is looking up <tagnode> in the
+ # manifest for each head.
+ cacherevs = [] # list of headrev
+ cacheheads = [] # list of headnode
+ cachefnode = {} # map headnode to filenode
+ if cachefile:
+ for line in cachefile:
+ if line == "\n":
+ break
+ line = line.rstrip().split()
+ cacherevs.append(int(line[0]))
+ headnode = bin(line[1])
+ cacheheads.append(headnode)
+ if len(line) == 3:
+ fnode = bin(line[2])
+ cachefnode[headnode] = fnode
+
+ tipnode = repo.changelog.tip()
+ tiprev = len(repo.changelog) - 1
+
+ # Case 1 (common): tip is the same, so nothing has changed.
+ # (Unchanged tip trivially means no changesets have been added.
+ # But, thanks to localrepository.destroyed(), it also means none
+ # have been destroyed by strip or rollback.)
+ if cacheheads and cacheheads[0] == tipnode and cacherevs[0] == tiprev:
+ _debug(ui, "tag cache: tip unchanged\n")
+ tags = _readtags(ui, repo, cachefile, cachefile.name)
+ cachefile.close()
+ return (None, None, tags, False)
+ if cachefile:
+ cachefile.close() # ignore rest of file
+
+ repoheads = repo.heads()
+
+ # Case 2 (uncommon): empty repo; get out quickly and don't bother
+ # writing an empty cache.
+ if repoheads == [nullid]:
+ return ([], {}, {}, False)
+
+ # Case 3 (uncommon): cache file missing or empty.
+ if not cacheheads:
+ _debug(ui, 'tag cache: cache file missing or empty\n')
+
+ # Case 4 (uncommon): tip rev decreased. This should only happen
+ # when we're called from localrepository.destroyed(). Refresh the
+ # cache so future invocations will not see disappeared heads in the
+ # cache.
+ elif cacheheads and tiprev < cacherevs[0]:
+ _debug(ui,
+ 'tag cache: tip rev decremented (from %d to %d), '
+ 'so we must be destroying nodes\n'
+ % (cacherevs[0], tiprev))
+
+ # Case 5 (common): tip has changed, so we've added/replaced heads.
+ else:
+ _debug(ui,
+ 'tag cache: tip has changed (%d:%s); must find new heads\n'
+ % (tiprev, short(tipnode)))
+
+ # Luckily, the code to handle cases 3, 4, 5 is the same. So the
+ # above if/elif/else can disappear once we're confident this thing
+ # actually works and we don't need the debug output.
+
+ # N.B. in case 4 (nodes destroyed), "new head" really means "newly
+ # exposed".
+ newheads = [head
+ for head in repoheads
+ if head not in set(cacheheads)]
+ _debug(ui, 'tag cache: found %d head(s) not in cache: %s\n'
+ % (len(newheads), map(short, newheads)))
+
+ # Now we have to lookup the .hgtags filenode for every new head.
+ # This is the most expensive part of finding tags, so performance
+ # depends primarily on the size of newheads. Worst case: no cache
+ # file, so newheads == repoheads.
+ for head in newheads:
+ cctx = repo[head]
+ try:
+ fnode = cctx.filenode('.hgtags')
+ cachefnode[head] = fnode
+ except error.LookupError:
+ # no .hgtags file on this head
+ pass
+
+ # Caller has to iterate over all heads, but can use the filenodes in
+ # cachefnode to get to each .hgtags revision quickly.
+ return (repoheads, cachefnode, None, True)
+
+def _writetagcache(ui, repo, heads, tagfnode, cachetags):
+
+ cachefile = repo.opener('tags.cache', 'w', atomictemp=True)
+ _debug(ui, 'writing cache file %s\n' % cachefile.name)
+
+ realheads = repo.heads() # for sanity checks below
+ for head in heads:
+ # temporary sanity checks; these can probably be removed
+ # once this code has been in crew for a few weeks
+ assert head in repo.changelog.nodemap, \
+ 'trying to write non-existent node %s to tag cache' % short(head)
+ assert head in realheads, \
+ 'trying to write non-head %s to tag cache' % short(head)
+ assert head != nullid, \
+ 'trying to write nullid to tag cache'
+
+ # This can't fail because of the first assert above. When/if we
+ # remove that assert, we might want to catch LookupError here
+ # and downgrade it to a warning.
+ rev = repo.changelog.rev(head)
+
+ fnode = tagfnode.get(head)
+ if fnode:
+ cachefile.write('%d %s %s\n' % (rev, hex(head), hex(fnode)))
+ else:
+ cachefile.write('%d %s\n' % (rev, hex(head)))
+
+ # Tag names in the cache are in UTF-8 -- which is the whole reason
+ # we keep them in UTF-8 throughout this module. If we converted
+ # them local encoding on input, we would lose info writing them to
+ # the cache.
+ cachefile.write('\n')
+ for (name, (node, hist)) in cachetags.iteritems():
+ cachefile.write("%s %s\n" % (hex(node), name))
+
+ cachefile.rename()
+ cachefile.close()
--- a/mercurial/templatefilters.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/templatefilters.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
delta = max(1, int(now - then))
for t, s in agescales:
- n = delta / s
+ n = delta // s
if n >= 2 or s == 1:
return fmt(t, n)
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
def firstline(text):
'''return the first line of text'''
try:
- return text.splitlines(1)[0].rstrip('\r\n')
+ return text.splitlines(True)[0].rstrip('\r\n')
except IndexError:
return ''
--- a/mercurial/transaction.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/transaction.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -118,6 +118,7 @@
@active
def close(self):
+ '''commit the transaction'''
self.count -= 1
if self.count != 0:
return
@@ -131,6 +132,9 @@
@active
def abort(self):
+ '''abort the transaction (generally called on error, or when the
+ transaction is not explicitly committed before going out of
+ scope)'''
self._abort()
def _abort(self):
--- a/mercurial/ui.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/ui.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -269,30 +269,35 @@
line = line[:-1]
return line
- def prompt(self, msg, choices=None, default="y"):
- """Prompt user with msg, read response, and ensure it matches
- one of the provided choices. choices is a sequence of acceptable
- responses with the format: ('&None', 'E&xec', 'Sym&link')
- No sequence implies no response checking. Responses are case
- insensitive. If ui is not interactive, the default is returned.
+ def prompt(self, msg, default="y"):
+ """Prompt user with msg, read response.
+ If ui is not interactive, the default is returned.
"""
if not self.interactive():
self.write(msg, ' ', default, "\n")
return default
+ try:
+ r = self._readline(msg + ' ')
+ if not r:
+ return default
+ return r
+ except EOFError:
+ raise util.Abort(_('response expected'))
+
+ def promptchoice(self, msg, choices, default=0):
+ """Prompt user with msg, read response, and ensure it matches
+ one of the provided choices. The index of the choice is returned.
+ choices is a sequence of acceptable responses with the format:
+ ('&None', 'E&xec', 'Sym&link') Responses are case insensitive.
+ If ui is not interactive, the default is returned.
+ """
+ resps = [s[s.index('&')+1].lower() for s in choices]
while True:
- try:
- r = self._readline(msg + ' ')
- if not r:
- return default
- if not choices:
- return r
- resps = [s[s.index('&')+1].lower() for s in choices]
- if r.lower() in resps:
- return r.lower()
- else:
- self.write(_("unrecognized response\n"))
- except EOFError:
- raise util.Abort(_('response expected'))
+ r = self.prompt(msg, resps[default])
+ if r.lower() in resps:
+ return resps.index(r.lower())
+ self.write(_("unrecognized response\n"))
+
def getpass(self, prompt=None, default=None):
if not self.interactive(): return default
@@ -344,3 +349,33 @@
self.config("ui", "editor") or
os.environ.get("VISUAL") or
os.environ.get("EDITOR", "vi"))
+
+ def progress(self, topic, pos, item="", unit="", total=None):
+ '''show a progress message
+
+ With stock hg, this is simply a debug message that is hidden
+ by default, but with extensions or GUI tools it may be
+ visible. 'topic' is the current operation, 'item' is a
+ non-numeric marker of the current position (ie the currently
+ in-process file), 'pos' is the current numeric position (ie
+ revision, bytes, etc.), units is a corresponding unit label,
+ and total is the highest expected pos.
+
+ Multiple nested topics may be active at a time. All topics
+ should be marked closed by setting pos to None at termination.
+ '''
+
+ if pos == None or not self.debugflag:
+ return
+
+ if units:
+ units = ' ' + units
+ if item:
+ item = ' ' + item
+
+ if total:
+ pct = 100.0 * pos / total
+ ui.debug('%s:%s %s/%s%s (%4.2g%%)\n'
+ % (topic, item, pos, total, units, pct))
+ else:
+ ui.debug('%s:%s %s%s\n' % (topic, item, pos, units))
--- a/mercurial/util.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/util.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -842,11 +842,9 @@
self.audit_path = always
self.createmode = None
- def __getattr__(self, name):
- if name == '_can_symlink':
- self._can_symlink = checklink(self.base)
- return self._can_symlink
- raise AttributeError(name)
+ @propertycache
+ def _can_symlink(self):
+ return checklink(self.base)
def _fixfilemode(self, name):
if self.createmode is None:
@@ -969,8 +967,8 @@
t, tz = date or makedate()
if "%1" in format or "%2" in format:
sign = (tz > 0) and "-" or "+"
- minutes = abs(tz) / 60
- format = format.replace("%1", "%c%02d" % (sign, minutes / 60))
+ minutes = abs(tz) // 60
+ format = format.replace("%1", "%c%02d" % (sign, minutes // 60))
format = format.replace("%2", "%02d" % (minutes % 60))
s = time.strftime(format, time.gmtime(float(t) - tz))
return s
@@ -1274,7 +1272,9 @@
pass
return 80
-def wrap(line, hangindent, width=78):
+def wrap(line, hangindent, width=None):
+ if width is None:
+ width = termwidth() - 2
padding = '\n' + ' ' * hangindent
return padding.join(textwrap.wrap(line, width=width - hangindent))
--- a/mercurial/verify.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/verify.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
msg = _("rev %d points to unexpected changeset %d")
err(None, msg % (i, lr), f)
if linkrevs:
- warn(_(" (expected %s)") % " ".join(map(str,linkrevs)))
+ warn(_(" (expected %s)") % " ".join(map(str, linkrevs)))
lr = None # can't be trusted
try:
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
if havemf:
for c,m in sorted([(c, m) for m in mflinkrevs for c in mflinkrevs[m]]):
err(c, _("changeset refers to unknown manifest %s") % short(m))
- del mflinkrevs
+ mflinkrevs = None # del is bad here due to scope issues
for f in sorted(filelinkrevs):
if f not in filenodes:
--- a/mercurial/win32.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/win32.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
import errno, os, sys, pywintypes, win32con, win32file, win32process
import winerror
import osutil, encoding
-from win32com.shell import shell,shellcon
+from win32com.shell import shell, shellcon
def os_link(src, dst):
try:
--- a/mercurial/windows.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/mercurial/windows.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -126,6 +126,15 @@
def normpath(path):
return pconvert(os.path.normpath(path))
+def realpath(path):
+ '''
+ Returns the true, canonical file system path equivalent to the given
+ path.
+ '''
+ # TODO: There may be a more clever way to do this that also handles other,
+ # less common file systems.
+ return os.path.normpath(os.path.normcase(os.path.realpath(path)))
+
def samestat(s1, s2):
return False
--- a/setup.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/setup.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
break
if version:
- f = file("mercurial/__version__.py", "w")
+ f = open("mercurial/__version__.py", "w")
f.write('# this file is autogenerated by setup.py\n')
f.write('version = "%s"\n' % version)
f.close()
--- a/tests/killdaemons.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/killdaemons.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
# Kill off any leftover daemon processes
try:
- fp = file(os.environ['DAEMON_PIDS'])
+ fp = open(os.environ['DAEMON_PIDS'])
for line in fp:
try:
pid = int(line)
--- a/tests/run-tests.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/run-tests.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -119,6 +119,8 @@
help="shortcut for --with-hg=<testdir>/../hg")
parser.add_option("--pure", action="store_true",
help="use pure Python code instead of C extensions")
+ parser.add_option("-3", "--py3k-warnings", action="store_true",
+ help="enable Py3k warnings on Python 2.6+")
for option, default in defaults.items():
defaults[option] = int(os.environ.get(*default))
@@ -171,6 +173,10 @@
if options.interactive and options.jobs > 1:
print '(--interactive overrides --jobs)'
options.jobs = 1
+ if options.py3k_warnings:
+ if sys.version_info[:2] < (2, 6) or sys.version_info[:2] >= (3, 0):
+ print 'ERROR: Py3k warnings switch can only be used on Python 2.6+'
+ sys.exit(1)
return (options, args)
@@ -299,6 +305,17 @@
f.close()
os.chmod(os.path.join(BINDIR, 'diffstat'), 0700)
+ if options.py3k_warnings and not options.anycoverage:
+ vlog("# Updating hg command to enable Py3k Warnings switch")
+ f = open(os.path.join(BINDIR, 'hg'), 'r')
+ lines = [line.rstrip() for line in f]
+ lines[0] += ' -3'
+ f.close()
+ f = open(os.path.join(BINDIR, 'hg'), 'w')
+ for line in lines:
+ f.write(line + '\n')
+ f.close()
+
if options.anycoverage:
vlog("# Installing coverage wrapper")
os.environ['COVERAGE_FILE'] = COVERAGE_FILE
@@ -402,7 +419,7 @@
vlog("# Test", test)
# create a fresh hgrc
- hgrc = file(HGRCPATH, 'w+')
+ hgrc = open(HGRCPATH, 'w+')
hgrc.write('[ui]\n')
hgrc.write('slash = True\n')
hgrc.write('[defaults]\n')
@@ -432,7 +449,8 @@
lctest = test.lower()
if lctest.endswith('.py') or firstline == '#!/usr/bin/env python':
- cmd = '%s "%s"' % (PYTHON, testpath)
+ py3kswitch = options.py3k_warnings and ' -3' or ''
+ cmd = '%s%s "%s"' % (PYTHON, py3kswitch, testpath)
elif lctest.endswith('.bat'):
# do not run batch scripts on non-windows
if os.name != 'nt':
@@ -507,7 +525,7 @@
# Kill off any leftover daemon processes
try:
- fp = file(DAEMON_PIDS)
+ fp = open(DAEMON_PIDS)
for line in fp:
try:
pid = int(line)
--- a/tests/test-add Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-add Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
hg add b
hg st
-hg ci -m 0
+hg ci -m 0 --traceback
echo % should fail
hg add a
--- a/tests/test-context.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-context.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
os.chdir('test1')
# create 'foo' with fixed time stamp
-f = file('foo', 'w')
+f = open('foo', 'w')
f.write('foo\n')
f.close()
os.utime('foo', (1000, 1000))
--- a/tests/test-convert-cvs-branch Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-convert-cvs-branch Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -83,7 +83,8 @@
cvscall -Q -d `pwd`/cvsmaster2 init >/dev/null 2>&1
cd cvsmaster2
-export CVSROOT=`pwd`
+CVSROOT=`pwd`
+export CVSROOT
mkdir foo
cd ..
cvscall -Q co -d cvswork2 foo
--- a/tests/test-convert.out Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-convert.out Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
convert a foreign SCM repository to a Mercurial one.
Accepted source formats [identifiers]:
+
- Mercurial [hg]
- CVS [cvs]
- Darcs [darcs]
@@ -14,48 +15,50 @@
- Perforce [p4]
Accepted destination formats [identifiers]:
+
- Mercurial [hg]
- Subversion [svn] (history on branches is not preserved)
- If no revision is given, all revisions will be converted.
- Otherwise, convert will only import up to the named revision
- (given in a format understood by the source).
+ If no revision is given, all revisions will be converted. Otherwise,
+ convert will only import up to the named revision (given in a format
+ understood by the source).
- If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the
- basename of the source with '-hg' appended. If the destination
- repository doesn't exist, it will be created.
+ If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the basename
+ of the source with '-hg' appended. If the destination repository doesn't
+ exist, it will be created.
- By default, all sources except Mercurial will use
- --branchsort. Mercurial uses --sourcesort to preserve original
- revision numbers order. Sort modes have the following effects:
- --branchsort: convert from parent to child revision when
- possible, which means branches are usually converted one after
- the other. It generates more compact repositories.
- --datesort: sort revisions by date. Converted repositories have
- good-looking changelogs but are often an order of magnitude
- larger than the same ones generated by --branchsort.
- --sourcesort: try to preserve source revisions order, only
- supported by Mercurial sources.
+ By default, all sources except Mercurial will use --branchsort. Mercurial
+ uses --sourcesort to preserve original revision numbers order. Sort modes
+ have the following effects:
+
+ --branchsort convert from parent to child revision when possible, which
+ means branches are usually converted one after the other. It
+ generates more compact repositories.
+ --datesort sort revisions by date. Converted repositories have good-
+ looking changelogs but are often an order of magnitude
+ larger than the same ones generated by --branchsort.
+ --sourcesort try to preserve source revisions order, only supported by
+ Mercurial sources.
If <REVMAP> isn't given, it will be put in a default location
- (<dest>/.hg/shamap by default). The <REVMAP> is a simple text file
- that maps each source commit ID to the destination ID for that
- revision, like so:
- <source ID> <destination ID>
+ (<dest>/.hg/shamap by default). The <REVMAP> is a simple text file that
+ maps each source commit ID to the destination ID for that revision, like
+ so:
- If the file doesn't exist, it's automatically created. It's
- updated on each commit copied, so convert-repo can be interrupted
- and can be run repeatedly to copy new commits.
+ <source ID> <destination ID>
- The [username mapping] file is a simple text file that maps each
- source commit author to a destination commit author. It is handy
- for source SCMs that use unix logins to identify authors (eg:
- CVS). One line per author mapping and the line format is:
- srcauthor=whatever string you want
+ If the file doesn't exist, it's automatically created. It's updated on
+ each commit copied, so convert-repo can be interrupted and can be run
+ repeatedly to copy new commits.
- The filemap is a file that allows filtering and remapping of files
- and directories. Comment lines start with '#'. Each line can
- contain one of the following directives:
+ The [username mapping] file is a simple text file that maps each source
+ commit author to a destination commit author. It is handy for source SCMs
+ that use unix logins to identify authors (eg: CVS). One line per author
+ mapping and the line format is: srcauthor=whatever string you want
+
+ The filemap is a file that allows filtering and remapping of files and
+ directories. Comment lines start with '#'. Each line can contain one of
+ the following directives:
include path/to/file
@@ -63,113 +66,109 @@
rename from/file to/file
- The 'include' directive causes a file, or all files under a
- directory, to be included in the destination repository, and the
- exclusion of all other files and directories not explicitly included.
- The 'exclude' directive causes files or directories to be omitted.
- The 'rename' directive renames a file or directory. To rename from
- a subdirectory into the root of the repository, use '.' as the
- path to rename to.
+ The 'include' directive causes a file, or all files under a directory, to
+ be included in the destination repository, and the exclusion of all other
+ files and directories not explicitly included. The 'exclude' directive
+ causes files or directories to be omitted. The 'rename' directive renames
+ a file or directory. To rename from a subdirectory into the root of the
+ repository, use '.' as the path to rename to.
- The splicemap is a file that allows insertion of synthetic
- history, letting you specify the parents of a revision. This is
- useful if you want to e.g. give a Subversion merge two parents, or
- graft two disconnected series of history together. Each entry
- contains a key, followed by a space, followed by one or two
- comma-separated values. The key is the revision ID in the source
- revision control system whose parents should be modified (same
- format as a key in .hg/shamap). The values are the revision IDs
- (in either the source or destination revision control system) that
+ The splicemap is a file that allows insertion of synthetic history,
+ letting you specify the parents of a revision. This is useful if you want
+ to e.g. give a Subversion merge two parents, or graft two disconnected
+ series of history together. Each entry contains a key, followed by a
+ space, followed by one or two comma-separated values. The key is the
+ revision ID in the source revision control system whose parents should be
+ modified (same format as a key in .hg/shamap). The values are the revision
+ IDs (in either the source or destination revision control system) that
should be used as the new parents for that node.
The branchmap is a file that allows you to rename a branch when it is
being brought in from whatever external repository. When used in
- conjunction with a splicemap, it allows for a powerful combination
- to help fix even the most badly mismanaged repositories and turn them
- into nicely structured Mercurial repositories. The branchmap contains
- lines of the form "original_branch_name new_branch_name".
- "original_branch_name" is the name of the branch in the source
- repository, and "new_branch_name" is the name of the branch is the
- destination repository. This can be used to (for instance) move code
- in one repository from "default" to a named branch.
+ conjunction with a splicemap, it allows for a powerful combination to help
+ fix even the most badly mismanaged repositories and turn them into nicely
+ structured Mercurial repositories. The branchmap contains lines of the
+ form "original_branch_name new_branch_name". "original_branch_name" is the
+ name of the branch in the source repository, and "new_branch_name" is the
+ name of the branch is the destination repository. This can be used to (for
+ instance) move code in one repository from "default" to a named branch.
Mercurial Source
- -----------------
+ ----------------
--config convert.hg.ignoreerrors=False (boolean)
ignore integrity errors when reading. Use it to fix Mercurial
repositories with missing revlogs, by converting from and to
Mercurial.
--config convert.hg.saverev=False (boolean)
- store original revision ID in changeset (forces target IDs to
- change)
+ store original revision ID in changeset (forces target IDs to change)
--config convert.hg.startrev=0 (hg revision identifier)
convert start revision and its descendants
CVS Source
----------
- CVS source will use a sandbox (i.e. a checked-out copy) from CVS
- to indicate the starting point of what will be converted. Direct
- access to the repository files is not needed, unless of course the
- repository is :local:. The conversion uses the top level directory
- in the sandbox to find the CVS repository, and then uses CVS rlog
- commands to find files to convert. This means that unless a
- filemap is given, all files under the starting directory will be
- converted, and that any directory reorganization in the CVS
- sandbox is ignored.
+ CVS source will use a sandbox (i.e. a checked-out copy) from CVS to
+ indicate the starting point of what will be converted. Direct access to
+ the repository files is not needed, unless of course the repository is
+ :local:. The conversion uses the top level directory in the sandbox to
+ find the CVS repository, and then uses CVS rlog commands to find files to
+ convert. This means that unless a filemap is given, all files under the
+ starting directory will be converted, and that any directory
+ reorganization in the CVS sandbox is ignored.
Because CVS does not have changesets, it is necessary to collect
- individual commits to CVS and merge them into changesets. CVS
- source uses its internal changeset merging code by default but can
- be configured to call the external 'cvsps' program by setting:
- --config convert.cvsps='cvsps -A -u --cvs-direct -q'
+ individual commits to CVS and merge them into changesets. CVS source uses
+ its internal changeset merging code by default but can be configured to
+ call the external 'cvsps' program by setting:
+
+ --config convert.cvsps='cvsps -A -u --cvs-direct -q'
+
This option is deprecated and will be removed in Mercurial 1.4.
The options shown are the defaults.
Internal cvsps is selected by setting
- --config convert.cvsps=builtin
+
+ --config convert.cvsps=builtin
+
and has a few more configurable options:
- --config convert.cvsps.cache=True (boolean)
- Set to False to disable remote log caching, for testing and
- debugging purposes.
- --config convert.cvsps.fuzz=60 (integer)
- Specify the maximum time (in seconds) that is allowed
- between commits with identical user and log message in a
- single changeset. When very large files were checked in as
- part of a changeset then the default may not be long
- enough.
- --config convert.cvsps.mergeto='{{mergetobranch ([-\w]+)}}'
- Specify a regular expression to which commit log messages
- are matched. If a match occurs, then the conversion
- process will insert a dummy revision merging the branch on
- which this log message occurs to the branch indicated in
- the regex.
- --config convert.cvsps.mergefrom='{{mergefrombranch ([-\w]+)}}'
- Specify a regular expression to which commit log messages
- are matched. If a match occurs, then the conversion
- process will add the most recent revision on the branch
- indicated in the regex as the second parent of the
- changeset.
- The hgext/convert/cvsps wrapper script allows the builtin
- changeset merging code to be run without doing a conversion. Its
- parameters and output are similar to that of cvsps 2.1.
+ --config convert.cvsps.cache=True (boolean)
+ Set to False to disable remote log caching, for testing and debugging
+ purposes.
+ --config convert.cvsps.fuzz=60 (integer)
+ Specify the maximum time (in seconds) that is allowed between commits
+ with identical user and log message in a single changeset. When very
+ large files were checked in as part of a changeset then the default
+ may not be long enough.
+ --config convert.cvsps.mergeto='{{mergetobranch ([-\w]+)}}'
+ Specify a regular expression to which commit log messages are matched.
+ If a match occurs, then the conversion process will insert a dummy
+ revision merging the branch on which this log message occurs to the
+ branch indicated in the regex.
+ --config convert.cvsps.mergefrom='{{mergefrombranch ([-\w]+)}}'
+ Specify a regular expression to which commit log messages are matched.
+ If a match occurs, then the conversion process will add the most
+ recent revision on the branch indicated in the regex as the second
+ parent of the changeset.
+
+ The hgext/convert/cvsps wrapper script allows the builtin changeset
+ merging code to be run without doing a conversion. Its parameters and
+ output are similar to that of cvsps 2.1.
Subversion Source
-----------------
- Subversion source detects classical trunk/branches/tags layouts.
- By default, the supplied "svn://repo/path/" source URL is
- converted as a single branch. If "svn://repo/path/trunk" exists it
- replaces the default branch. If "svn://repo/path/branches" exists,
- its subdirectories are listed as possible branches. If
- "svn://repo/path/tags" exists, it is looked for tags referencing
- converted branches. Default "trunk", "branches" and "tags" values
- can be overridden with following options. Set them to paths
- relative to the source URL, or leave them blank to disable auto
- detection.
+ Subversion source detects classical trunk/branches/tags layouts. By
+ default, the supplied "svn://repo/path/" source URL is converted as a
+ single branch. If "svn://repo/path/trunk" exists it replaces the default
+ branch. If "svn://repo/path/branches" exists, its subdirectories are
+ listed as possible branches. If "svn://repo/path/tags" exists, it is
+ looked for tags referencing converted branches. Default "trunk",
+ "branches" and "tags" values can be overridden with following options. Set
+ them to paths relative to the source URL, or leave them blank to disable
+ auto detection.
--config convert.svn.branches=branches (directory name)
specify the directory containing branches
@@ -178,9 +177,9 @@
--config convert.svn.trunk=trunk (directory name)
specify the name of the trunk branch
- Source history can be retrieved starting at a specific revision,
- instead of being integrally converted. Only single branch
- conversions are supported.
+ Source history can be retrieved starting at a specific revision, instead
+ of being integrally converted. Only single branch conversions are
+ supported.
--config convert.svn.startrev=0 (svn revision number)
specify start Subversion revision.
@@ -188,20 +187,18 @@
Perforce Source
---------------
- The Perforce (P4) importer can be given a p4 depot path or a
- client specification as source. It will convert all files in the
- source to a flat Mercurial repository, ignoring labels, branches
- and integrations. Note that when a depot path is given you then
- usually should specify a target directory, because otherwise the
- target may be named ...-hg.
+ The Perforce (P4) importer can be given a p4 depot path or a client
+ specification as source. It will convert all files in the source to a flat
+ Mercurial repository, ignoring labels, branches and integrations. Note
+ that when a depot path is given you then usually should specify a target
+ directory, because otherwise the target may be named ...-hg.
- It is possible to limit the amount of source history to be
- converted by specifying an initial Perforce revision.
+ It is possible to limit the amount of source history to be converted by
+ specifying an initial Perforce revision.
--config convert.p4.startrev=0 (perforce changelist number)
specify initial Perforce revision.
-
Mercurial Destination
---------------------
--- a/tests/test-dispatch.out Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-dispatch.out Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -5,17 +5,17 @@
output the current or given revision of files
- Print the specified files as they were at the given revision. If
- no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used,
- or tip if no revision is checked out.
+ Print the specified files as they were at the given revision. If no
+ revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used, or tip if
+ no revision is checked out.
- Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is
- given using a format string. The formatting rules are the same as
- for the export command, with the following additions:
+ Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is given using
+ a format string. The formatting rules are the same as for the export
+ command, with the following additions:
- %s basename of file being printed
- %d dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repository root
- %p root-relative path name of file being printed
+ %s basename of file being printed
+ %d dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repository root
+ %p root-relative path name of file being printed
options:
--- a/tests/test-dispatch.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-dispatch.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -15,14 +15,14 @@
os.chdir('test1')
# create file 'foo', add and commit
-f = file('foo', 'wb')
+f = open('foo', 'wb')
f.write('foo\n')
f.close()
testdispatch("add foo")
testdispatch("commit -m commit1 -d 2000-01-01 foo")
# append to file 'foo' and commit
-f = file('foo', 'ab')
+f = open('foo', 'ab')
f.write('bar\n')
f.close()
testdispatch("commit -m commit2 -d 2000-01-02 foo")
--- a/tests/test-extdiff.out Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-extdiff.out Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -7,14 +7,13 @@
use 'echo' to diff repository (or selected files)
- Show differences between revisions for the specified
- files, using the 'echo' program.
+ Show differences between revisions for the specified files, using the
+ 'echo' program.
- When two revision arguments are given, then changes are
- shown between those revisions. If only one revision is
- specified then that revision is compared to the working
- directory, and, when no revisions are specified, the
- working directory files are compared to its parent.
+ When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown between
+ those revisions. If only one revision is specified then that revision is
+ compared to the working directory, and, when no revisions are specified,
+ the working directory files are compared to its parent.
options:
--- a/tests/test-help.out Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-help.out Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -170,11 +170,10 @@
add the specified files on the next commit
- Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the
- repository.
+ Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the repository.
- The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To
- undo an add before that, see hg forget.
+ The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To undo an
+ add before that, see hg forget.
If no names are given, add all files to the repository.
@@ -190,11 +189,10 @@
add the specified files on the next commit
- Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the
- repository.
+ Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the repository.
- The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To
- undo an add before that, see hg forget.
+ The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To undo an
+ add before that, see hg forget.
If no names are given, add all files to the repository.
@@ -213,22 +211,21 @@
Differences between files are shown using the unified diff format.
- NOTE: diff may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will
- default to comparing against the working directory's first parent
- changeset if no revisions are specified.
+ NOTE: diff may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will default
+ to comparing against the working directory's first parent changeset if no
+ revisions are specified.
- When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown
- between those revisions. If only one revision is specified then
- that revision is compared to the working directory, and, when no
- revisions are specified, the working directory files are compared
- to its parent.
+ When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown between
+ those revisions. If only one revision is specified then that revision is
+ compared to the working directory, and, when no revisions are specified,
+ the working directory files are compared to its parent.
- Without the -a/--text option, diff will avoid generating diffs of
- files it detects as binary. With -a, diff will generate a diff
- anyway, probably with undesirable results.
+ Without the -a/--text option, diff will avoid generating diffs of files it
+ detects as binary. With -a, diff will generate a diff anyway, probably
+ with undesirable results.
- Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff
- format. For more information, read 'hg help diffs'.
+ Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff format.
+ For more information, read 'hg help diffs'.
options:
@@ -252,34 +249,33 @@
show changed files in the working directory
- Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only
- files that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or
- the source of a copy/move operation, are not listed unless
- -c/--clean, -i/--ignored, -C/--copies or -A/--all are given.
- Unless options described with "show only ..." are given, the
- options -mardu are used.
+ Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only files
+ that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or the source of a
+ copy/move operation, are not listed unless -c/--clean, -i/--ignored,
+ -C/--copies or -A/--all are given. Unless options described with "show
+ only ..." are given, the options -mardu are used.
- Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files
- unless explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored.
+ Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files unless
+ explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored.
- NOTE: status may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have
- changed or a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does not
- report permission changes and diff only reports changes relative
- to one merge parent.
+ NOTE: status may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have changed
+ or a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does not report
+ permission changes and diff only reports changes relative to one merge
+ parent.
- If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision.
- If two revisions are given, the differences between them are
- shown.
+ If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision. If two
+ revisions are given, the differences between them are shown.
The codes used to show the status of files are:
- M = modified
- A = added
- R = removed
- C = clean
- ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked)
- ? = not tracked
- I = ignored
- = origin of the previous file listed as A (added)
+
+ M = modified
+ A = added
+ R = removed
+ C = clean
+ ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked)
+ ? = not tracked
+ I = ignored
+ = origin of the previous file listed as A (added)
options:
--- a/tests/test-hook Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-hook Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -230,4 +230,22 @@
hg showconfig hooks | sed -e 's/ at .*>/>/'
+echo '# test python hook configured with python:[file]:[hook] syntax'
+cd ..
+mkdir d
+cd d
+hg init repo
+mkdir hooks
+
+cd hooks
+cat > testhooks.py <<EOF
+def testhook(**args):
+ print 'hook works'
+EOF
+echo '[hooks]' > ../repo/.hg/hgrc
+echo "pre-commit.test = python:`pwd`/testhooks.py:testhook" >> ../repo/.hg/hgrc
+
+cd ../repo
+hg commit
+
exit 0
--- a/tests/test-hook.out Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-hook.out Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -160,3 +160,6 @@
Automatically installed hook
committed changeset 1:52998019f6252a2b893452765fcb0a47351a5708
hooks.commit.auto=<function autohook>
+# test python hook configured with python:[file]:[hook] syntax
+hook works
+nothing changed
--- a/tests/test-inotify Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-inotify Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -35,4 +35,39 @@
hg status .
cd ..
+#issue 1375
+#Testing that we can remove a folder and then add a file with the same name
+echo % issue 1375
+
+mkdir h
+echo h > h/h
+hg ci -Am t
+hg rm h
+
+echo h >h
+hg add h
+
+hg status
+hg ci -m0
+
+# Test for issue1735: inotify watches files in .hg/merge
+hg st
+
+echo a > a
+
+hg ci -Am a
+hg st
+
+echo b >> a
+hg ci -m ab
+hg st
+
+echo c >> a
+hg st
+
+hg up 0
+hg st
+
+HGMERGE=internal:local hg up
+hg st
kill `cat hg.pid`
--- a/tests/test-inotify.out Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-inotify.out Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -32,3 +32,15 @@
? hg.pid
M dir/x
M x
+% issue 1375
+adding h/h
+adding hg.pid
+removing h/h
+A h
+R h/h
+M a
+merging a
+1 files updated, 1 files merged, 2 files removed, 0 files unresolved
+M a
+3 files updated, 1 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved
+M a
--- a/tests/test-keyword.out Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-keyword.out Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -1,50 +1,49 @@
% help
keyword extension - expand keywords in tracked files
-This extension expands RCS/CVS-like or self-customized $Keywords$ in
-tracked text files selected by your configuration.
+This extension expands RCS/CVS-like or self-customized $Keywords$ in tracked
+text files selected by your configuration.
-Keywords are only expanded in local repositories and not stored in the
-change history. The mechanism can be regarded as a convenience for the
-current user or for archive distribution.
+Keywords are only expanded in local repositories and not stored in the change
+history. The mechanism can be regarded as a convenience for the current user
+or for archive distribution.
-Configuration is done in the [keyword] and [keywordmaps] sections of
-hgrc files.
+Configuration is done in the [keyword] and [keywordmaps] sections of hgrc
+files.
Example:
- [keyword]
- # expand keywords in every python file except those matching "x*"
- **.py =
- x* = ignore
+ [keyword]
+ # expand keywords in every python file except those matching "x*"
+ **.py =
+ x* = ignore
-Note: the more specific you are in your filename patterns
- the less you lose speed in huge repositories.
+NOTE: the more specific you are in your filename patterns the less you lose
+speed in huge repositories.
-For [keywordmaps] template mapping and expansion demonstration and
-control run "hg kwdemo".
+For [keywordmaps] template mapping and expansion demonstration and control run
+"hg kwdemo".
An additional date template filter {date|utcdate} is provided.
-The default template mappings (view with "hg kwdemo -d") can be
-replaced with customized keywords and templates. Again, run "hg
-kwdemo" to control the results of your config changes.
+The default template mappings (view with "hg kwdemo -d") can be replaced with
+customized keywords and templates. Again, run "hg kwdemo" to control the
+results of your config changes.
-Before changing/disabling active keywords, run "hg kwshrink" to avoid
-the risk of inadvertently storing expanded keywords in the change
-history.
+Before changing/disabling active keywords, run "hg kwshrink" to avoid the risk
+of inadvertently storing expanded keywords in the change history.
-To force expansion after enabling it, or a configuration change, run
-"hg kwexpand".
+To force expansion after enabling it, or a configuration change, run "hg
+kwexpand".
-Also, when committing with the record extension or using mq's qrecord,
-be aware that keywords cannot be updated. Again, run "hg kwexpand" on
-the files in question to update keyword expansions after all changes
-have been checked in.
+Also, when committing with the record extension or using mq's qrecord, be
+aware that keywords cannot be updated. Again, run "hg kwexpand" on the files
+in question to update keyword expansions after all changes have been checked
+in.
-Expansions spanning more than one line and incremental expansions,
-like CVS' $Log$, are not supported. A keyword template map
-"Log = {desc}" expands to the first line of the changeset description.
+Expansions spanning more than one line and incremental expansions, like CVS'
+$Log$, are not supported. A keyword template map "Log = {desc}" expands to the
+first line of the changeset description.
list of commands:
@@ -211,6 +210,7 @@
+$Id$
+tests for different changenodes
% qpop
+popping mqtest.diff
patch queue now empty
% qgoto - should imply qpush
applying mqtest.diff
@@ -219,6 +219,7 @@
$Id: c,v 40a904bbbe4c 1970/01/01 00:00:01 user $
tests for different changenodes
% qpop and move on
+popping mqtest.diff
patch queue now empty
% copy
% kwfiles added
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/tests/test-minirst.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env python
+
+from mercurial import minirst
+
+def debugformat(title, text, width):
+ print "%s formatted to fit within %d characters:" % (title, width)
+ print "-" * 70
+ print minirst.format(text, width)
+ print "-" * 70
+ print
+
+paragraphs = """
+This is some text in the first paragraph.
+
+ An indented paragraph
+ with just two lines.
+
+
+The third paragraph. It is followed by some
+random lines with spurious spaces.
+
+
+
+
+
+No indention
+ here, despite
+the uneven left
+ margin.
+
+ Only the
+ left-most line
+ (this line!)
+ is significant
+ for the indentation
+
+"""
+
+debugformat('paragraphs', paragraphs, 60)
+debugformat('paragraphs', paragraphs, 30)
+
+
+definitions = """
+A Term
+ Definition. The indented
+ lines make up the definition.
+Another Term
+ Another definition. The final line in the
+ definition determines the indentation, so
+ this will be indented with four spaces.
+
+ A Nested/Indented Term
+ Definition.
+"""
+
+debugformat('definitions', definitions, 60)
+debugformat('definitions', definitions, 30)
+
+
+literals = r"""
+The fully minimized form is the most
+convenient form::
+
+ Hello
+ literal
+ world
+
+In the partially minimized form a paragraph
+simply ends with space-double-colon. ::
+
+ ////////////////////////////////////////
+ long un-wrapped line in a literal block
+ \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\
+
+::
+
+ This literal block is started with '::',
+ the so-called expanded form. The paragraph
+ with '::' disappears in the final output.
+"""
+
+debugformat('literals', literals, 60)
+debugformat('literals', literals, 30)
+
+
+lists = """
+- This is the first list item.
+
+ Second paragraph in the first list item.
+
+- List items need not be separated
+ by a blank line.
+- And will be rendered without
+ one in any case.
+
+We can have indented lists:
+
+ - This is an indented list item
+
+ - Another indented list item::
+
+ - A literal block in the middle
+ of an indented list.
+
+ (The above is not a list item since we are in the literal block.)
+
+::
+
+ Literal block with no indentation (apart from
+ the two spaces added to all literal blocks).
+"""
+
+debugformat('lists', lists, 60)
+debugformat('lists', lists, 30)
+
+
+options = """
+There is support for simple option lists,
+but only with long options:
+
+--all Output all.
+--both Output both (this description is
+ quite long).
+--long Output all day long.
+
+--par This option has two paragraphs in its description.
+ This is the first.
+
+ This is the second. Blank lines may be omitted between
+ options (as above) or left in (as here).
+
+The next paragraph looks like an option list, but lacks the two-space
+marker after the option. It is treated as a normal paragraph:
+
+--foo bar baz
+"""
+
+debugformat('options', options, 60)
+debugformat('options', options, 30)
+
+
+fields = """
+Field lists give a simple two-column layout:
+
+:key: The whitespace following the key is
+ significant for the wrapping of this text.
+:another key: More text.
+ The indentation on the following
+ lines is not significant.
+"""
+
+debugformat('fields', fields, 60)
+debugformat('fields', fields, 30)
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/tests/test-minirst.py.out Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+paragraphs formatted to fit within 60 characters:
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+This is some text in the first paragraph.
+
+ An indented paragraph with just two lines.
+
+The third paragraph. It is followed by some random lines
+with spurious spaces.
+
+No indention here, despite the uneven left margin.
+
+ Only the left-most line (this line!) is significant for
+ the indentation
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+paragraphs formatted to fit within 30 characters:
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+This is some text in the first
+paragraph.
+
+ An indented paragraph with
+ just two lines.
+
+The third paragraph. It is
+followed by some random lines
+with spurious spaces.
+
+No indention here, despite the
+uneven left margin.
+
+ Only the left-most line
+ (this line!) is significant
+ for the indentation
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+definitions formatted to fit within 60 characters:
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+A Term
+ Definition. The indented lines make up the definition.
+Another Term
+ Another definition. The final line in the definition
+ determines the indentation, so this will be indented
+ with four spaces.
+ A Nested/Indented Term
+ Definition.
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+definitions formatted to fit within 30 characters:
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+A Term
+ Definition. The indented
+ lines make up the
+ definition.
+Another Term
+ Another definition. The
+ final line in the
+ definition determines the
+ indentation, so this will
+ be indented with four
+ spaces.
+ A Nested/Indented Term
+ Definition.
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+literals formatted to fit within 60 characters:
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+The fully minimized form is the most convenient form:
+
+ Hello
+ literal
+ world
+
+In the partially minimized form a paragraph simply ends with
+space-double-colon.
+
+ ////////////////////////////////////////
+ long un-wrapped line in a literal block
+ \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\
+
+ This literal block is started with '::',
+ the so-called expanded form. The paragraph
+ with '::' disappears in the final output.
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+literals formatted to fit within 30 characters:
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+The fully minimized form is
+the most convenient form:
+
+ Hello
+ literal
+ world
+
+In the partially minimized
+form a paragraph simply ends
+with space-double-colon.
+
+ ////////////////////////////////////////
+ long un-wrapped line in a literal block
+ \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\
+
+ This literal block is started with '::',
+ the so-called expanded form. The paragraph
+ with '::' disappears in the final output.
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+lists formatted to fit within 60 characters:
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+- This is the first list item.
+
+ Second paragraph in the first list item.
+
+- List items need not be separated by a blank line.
+- And will be rendered without one in any case.
+
+We can have indented lists:
+
+ - This is an indented list item
+ - Another indented list item:
+
+ - A literal block in the middle
+ of an indented list.
+
+ (The above is not a list item since we are in the literal block.)
+
+ Literal block with no indentation (apart from
+ the two spaces added to all literal blocks).
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+lists formatted to fit within 30 characters:
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+- This is the first list item.
+
+ Second paragraph in the
+ first list item.
+
+- List items need not be
+ separated by a blank line.
+- And will be rendered without
+ one in any case.
+
+We can have indented lists:
+
+ - This is an indented list
+ item
+ - Another indented list
+ item:
+
+ - A literal block in the middle
+ of an indented list.
+
+ (The above is not a list item since we are in the literal block.)
+
+ Literal block with no indentation (apart from
+ the two spaces added to all literal blocks).
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+options formatted to fit within 60 characters:
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+There is support for simple option lists, but only with long
+options:
+
+--all Output all.
+--both Output both (this description is quite long).
+--long Output all day long.
+--par This option has two paragraphs in its
+ description. This is the first.
+
+ This is the second. Blank lines may be omitted
+ between options (as above) or left in (as here).
+
+The next paragraph looks like an option list, but lacks the
+two-space marker after the option. It is treated as a normal
+paragraph:
+
+--foo bar baz
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+options formatted to fit within 30 characters:
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+There is support for simple
+option lists, but only with
+long options:
+
+--all Output all.
+--both Output both (this
+ description is
+ quite long).
+--long Output all day
+ long.
+--par This option has two
+ paragraphs in its
+ description. This
+ is the first.
+
+ This is the second.
+ Blank lines may be
+ omitted between
+ options (as above)
+ or left in (as
+ here).
+
+The next paragraph looks like
+an option list, but lacks the
+two-space marker after the
+option. It is treated as a
+normal paragraph:
+
+--foo bar baz
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+fields formatted to fit within 60 characters:
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+Field lists give a simple two-column layout:
+
+key The whitespace following the key is
+ significant for the wrapping of this text.
+another key More text. The indentation on the following
+ lines is not significant.
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+fields formatted to fit within 30 characters:
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+Field lists give a simple two-
+column layout:
+
+key The whitespace
+ following the
+ key is
+ significant for
+ the wrapping of
+ this text.
+another key More text. The
+ indentation on
+ the following
+ lines is not
+ significant.
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
--- a/tests/test-mq Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-mq Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -107,9 +107,18 @@
hg qpop
checkundo qpop
-echo % qpush
+echo % qpush with dump of tag cache
+# Dump the tag cache to ensure that it has exactly one head after qpush.
+rm -f .hg/tags.cache
+hg tags > /dev/null
+echo ".hg/tags.cache (pre qpush):"
+sed 's/ [0-9a-f]*//' .hg/tags.cache
hg qpush
+hg tags > /dev/null
+echo ".hg/tags.cache (post qpush):"
+sed 's/ [0-9a-f]*//' .hg/tags.cache
+
checkundo qpush
cd ..
--- a/tests/test-mq-caches.out Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-mq-caches.out Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@
No branch cache
# some regular revisions
+popping p1
patch queue now empty
tip: 1
3f910abad313ff802d3a23a7529433872df9b3ae 1
@@ -43,6 +44,9 @@
qbase: 1
# detect an invalid cache
+popping p2
+popping p1
+popping p0
patch queue now empty
applying p0
applying p1
--- a/tests/test-mq-eol.out Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-mq-eol.out Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -9,12 +9,14 @@
patch failed, unable to continue (try -v)
patch failed, rejects left in working dir
errors during apply, please fix and refresh eol.diff
+popping eol.diff
patch queue now empty
% invalid eol
applying eol.diff
patch failed, unable to continue (try -v)
patch failed, rejects left in working dir
errors during apply, please fix and refresh eol.diff
+popping eol.diff
patch queue now empty
% force LF
applying eol.diff
@@ -42,6 +44,7 @@
c<CR><LF>
d<CR><LF>
z
+popping eol.diff
patch queue now empty
% push again forcing LF and compare revisions
applying eol.diff
@@ -51,6 +54,7 @@
c<CR><LF>
d<CR><LF>
z
+popping eol.diff
patch queue now empty
% push again without LF and compare revisions
applying eol.diff
@@ -60,4 +64,5 @@
c<CR><LF>
d<CR><LF>
z
+popping eol.diff
patch queue now empty
--- a/tests/test-mq-guards.out Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-mq-guards.out Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -1,4 +1,7 @@
adding x
+popping c.patch
+popping b.patch
+popping a.patch
patch queue now empty
% should fail
abort: no patch named does-not-exist.patch
@@ -9,6 +12,7 @@
% should guard a.patch
% should print +a
a.patch: +a
+popping a.patch
patch queue now empty
% should fail
cannot push 'a.patch' - guarded by ['+a']
@@ -16,6 +20,7 @@
% should push b.patch
applying b.patch
now at: b.patch
+popping b.patch
patch queue now empty
% test selection of an empty guard
abort: guard cannot be an empty string
@@ -34,6 +39,9 @@
% should push c.patch
applying c.patch
now at: c.patch
+popping c.patch
+popping b.patch
+popping a.patch
patch queue now empty
guards deactivated
number of unguarded, unapplied patches has changed from 3 to 2
@@ -41,6 +49,8 @@
applying b.patch
applying c.patch
now at: c.patch
+popping c.patch
+popping b.patch
patch queue now empty
number of unguarded, unapplied patches has changed from 1 to 2
% should push a.patch, not b.patch
@@ -48,6 +58,8 @@
now at: a.patch
applying c.patch
now at: c.patch
+popping c.patch
+popping a.patch
patch queue now empty
% should push b.patch
applying b.patch
@@ -55,6 +67,8 @@
applying c.patch
now at: c.patch
c.patch
+popping c.patch
+popping b.patch
patch queue now empty
number of unguarded, unapplied patches has changed from 2 to 3
% should push a.patch, b.patch
@@ -62,6 +76,8 @@
now at: a.patch
applying b.patch
now at: b.patch
+popping b.patch
+popping a.patch
patch queue now empty
number of unguarded, unapplied patches has changed from 3 to 2
% list patches and guards
@@ -83,6 +99,8 @@
now at: c.patch
guards deactivated
popping guarded patches
+popping c.patch
+popping b.patch
patch queue now empty
reapplying unguarded patches
applying c.patch
@@ -100,6 +118,7 @@
new.patch: +1 +2 -3
b.patch: +2
c.patch: unguarded
+popping d.patch
now at: c.patch
% should show new.patch and b.patch as Guarded, c.patch as Applied
% and d.patch as Unapplied
@@ -112,6 +131,7 @@
1 G b.patch
2 A c.patch
3 G d.patch
+popping c.patch
patch queue now empty
new.patch: +1 +2 -3
b.patch: +2
--- a/tests/test-mq-header-date.out Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-mq-header-date.out Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -42,6 +42,7 @@
+2
1: [mq]: 2.patch - test
0: [mq]: 1.patch - test
+popping 2.patch
now at: 1.patch
==== qnew -d -m
# HG changeset patch
@@ -127,8 +128,10 @@
2: Four - test
1: Three (again) - test
0: [mq]: 1.patch - test
+popping 4.patch
now at: 3.patch
==== qnew with HG header
+popping 5.patch
now at: 3.patch
# HG changeset patch
# Date 10 0
@@ -185,6 +188,7 @@
2: [mq]: 5.patch - test
1: Three (again) - test
0: [mq]: 1.patch - test
+popping 6.patch
now at: 5.patch
==== qnew -d
adding 7
@@ -240,6 +244,7 @@
2: [mq]: 5.patch - test
1: Three (again) - test
0: [mq]: 1.patch - test
+popping 8.patch
now at: 7.patch
==== qnew -m
adding 9
@@ -270,8 +275,13 @@
2: [mq]: 5.patch - test
1: Three (again) - test
0: [mq]: 1.patch - test
+popping 9.patch
now at: 7.patch
==== qpop -a / qpush -a
+popping 7.patch
+popping 5.patch
+popping 3.patch
+popping 1.patch
patch queue now empty
applying 1.patch
applying 3.patch
--- a/tests/test-mq-header-from.out Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-mq-header-from.out Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -131,6 +131,7 @@
1: [mq]: 2.patch - jane
0: [mq]: 1.patch - mary
==== qnew with HG header
+popping 5.patch
now at: 4.patch
now at: 5.patch
# HG changeset patch
@@ -184,6 +185,11 @@
1: [mq]: 2.patch - jane
0: [mq]: 1.patch - mary
==== qpop -a / qpush -a
+popping 5.patch
+popping 4.patch
+popping 3.patch
+popping 2.patch
+popping 1.patch
patch queue now empty
applying 1.patch
applying 2.patch
--- a/tests/test-mq-merge.out Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-mq-merge.out Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -10,6 +10,8 @@
applying rm_a
now at: rm_a
b
+popping rm_a
+popping .hg.patches.merge.marker
patch queue now empty
% init t2
--- a/tests/test-mq-missingfiles.out Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-mq-missingfiles.out Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
adding b
+popping changeb
patch queue now empty
% push patch with missing target
applying changeb
@@ -26,6 +27,7 @@
+c
+c
adding b
+popping changeb
patch queue now empty
% push git patch with missing target
applying changeb
@@ -48,6 +50,7 @@
% test push creating directory during git copy or rename
adding a
+popping patch
patch queue now empty
applying patch
now at: patch
--- a/tests/test-mq-pull-from-bundle.out Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-mq-pull-from-bundle.out Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@
1: main: one updated.
====== Setup queue
adding two
+popping two.patch
patch queue now empty
====== Bundle queue
1 changesets found
--- a/tests/test-mq-qdelete.out Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-mq-qdelete.out Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
adding base
abort: qdelete requires at least one revision or patch name
abort: cannot delete applied patch c
+popping c
now at: b
a
b
@@ -8,6 +9,7 @@
b
series
status
+popping b
now at: a
a
b
@@ -30,6 +32,7 @@
no patches applied
abort: revision 0 is not managed
abort: cannot delete revision 2 above applied patches
+popping c
now at: b
abort: unknown revision 'c'!
applying c
--- a/tests/test-mq-qdiff.out Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-mq-qdiff.out Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -26,6 +26,7 @@
+patched
% revert
% qpop
+popping mqbase
patch queue now empty
% qdelete mqbase
% commit 2
--- a/tests/test-mq-qfold.out Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-mq-qfold.out Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -1,6 +1,8 @@
% init
adding a
% fold in the middle of the queue
+popping p3
+popping p2
now at: p1
--- a/a
+++ b/a
--- a/tests/test-mq-qgoto.out Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-mq-qgoto.out Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -1,17 +1,24 @@
adding a
+popping c.patch
+popping b.patch
now at: a.patch
applying b.patch
applying c.patch
now at: c.patch
+popping c.patch
now at: b.patch
% Using index
+popping b.patch
now at: a.patch
applying b.patch
applying c.patch
now at: c.patch
% No warnings when using index
+popping bug141421
+popping bug314159
+popping c.patch
now at: b.patch
applying c.patch
applying bug314159
--- a/tests/test-mq-qimport.out Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-mq-qimport.out Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
More text in commit message.
+popping email
patch queue now empty
% import URL
adding url.diff to series file
@@ -28,12 +29,14 @@
applying url.diff
now at: url.diff
foo
+popping url.diff
patch queue now empty
% qimport -f
adding url.diff to series file
applying url.diff
now at: url.diff
foo2
+popping url.diff
patch queue now empty
% build diff with CRLF
adding b
--- a/tests/test-mq-qnew.out Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-mq-qnew.out Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -20,6 +20,9 @@
abort: patch "first.patch" already exists
abort: patch "first.patch" already exists
% qnew -f from a subdirectory
+popping first.patch
+popping mtest.patch
+popping test.patch
patch queue now empty
adding d/b
M d/b
--- a/tests/test-mq-qpush-fail.out Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-mq-qpush-fail.out Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -1,6 +1,9 @@
adding foo
% test qpush on empty series
no patches in series
+popping bad-patch
+popping patch2
+popping patch1
patch queue now empty
applying patch1
applying patch2
--- a/tests/test-mq-symlinks.out Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-mq-symlinks.out Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -1,9 +1,11 @@
a -> a not a symlink
a -> b
+popping symlink.patch
now at: base.patch
applying symlink.patch
now at: symlink.patch
a -> b
+popping removesl.patch
now at: symlink.patch
applying removesl.patch
now at: removesl.patch
--- a/tests/test-mq.out Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-mq.out Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -2,25 +2,25 @@
mq extension - manage a stack of patches
This extension lets you work with a stack of patches in a Mercurial
-repository. It manages two stacks of patches - all known patches, and
-applied patches (subset of known patches).
+repository. It manages two stacks of patches - all known patches, and applied
+patches (subset of known patches).
-Known patches are represented as patch files in the .hg/patches
-directory. Applied patches are both patch files and changesets.
+Known patches are represented as patch files in the .hg/patches directory.
+Applied patches are both patch files and changesets.
Common tasks (use "hg help command" for more details):
-prepare repository to work with patches qinit
-create new patch qnew
-import existing patch qimport
+ prepare repository to work with patches qinit
+ create new patch qnew
+ import existing patch qimport
-print patch series qseries
-print applied patches qapplied
-print name of top applied patch qtop
+ print patch series qseries
+ print applied patches qapplied
+ print name of top applied patch qtop
-add known patch to applied stack qpush
-remove patch from applied stack qpop
-refresh contents of top applied patch qrefresh
+ add known patch to applied stack qpush
+ remove patch from applied stack qpop
+ refresh contents of top applied patch qrefresh
list of commands:
@@ -108,16 +108,26 @@
a
+a
% qpop
+popping test.patch
patch queue now empty
-% qpush
+% qpush with dump of tag cache
+.hg/tags.cache (pre qpush):
+1
+
applying test.patch
now at: test.patch
+.hg/tags.cache (post qpush):
+2
+
% pop/push outside repo
+popping test.patch
patch queue now empty
applying test.patch
now at: test.patch
% qrefresh in subdir
% pop/push -a in subdir
+popping test2.patch
+popping test.patch
patch queue now empty
applying test.patch
applying test2.patch
@@ -125,6 +135,7 @@
% qseries
test.patch
test2.patch
+popping test2.patch
now at: test.patch
0 A test.patch: foo bar
1 U test2.patch:
@@ -140,6 +151,7 @@
% qnext
all patches applied
% pop, qnext, qprev, qapplied
+popping test2.patch
now at: test.patch
test2.patch
only one patch applied
@@ -156,17 +168,24 @@
% qpush/qpop with index
applying test2.patch
now at: test2.patch
+popping test2.patch
+popping test1b.patch
now at: test.patch
applying test1b.patch
now at: test1b.patch
applying test2.patch
now at: test2.patch
+popping test2.patch
now at: test1b.patch
+popping test1b.patch
now at: test.patch
applying test1b.patch
applying test2.patch
now at: test2.patch
% push should succeed
+popping test2.patch
+popping test1b.patch
+popping test.patch
patch queue now empty
pushing to ../../k
searching for changes
@@ -180,6 +199,9 @@
applying test2.patch
now at: test2.patch
% pops all patches and succeeds
+popping test2.patch
+popping test1b.patch
+popping test.patch
patch queue now empty
qpop -a succeeds
% does nothing and succeeds
@@ -193,6 +215,7 @@
now at: test.patch
qpush succeeds
% pops a patch and succeeds
+popping test.patch
patch queue now empty
qpop succeeds
% pushes up to test1b.patch and succeeds
@@ -213,6 +236,7 @@
abort: patch test2.patch is not applied
qpop test2.patch fails
% pops up to test.patch and succeeds
+popping test1b.patch
now at: test.patch
qpop test.patch succeeds
% pushes all patches and succeeds
@@ -269,6 +293,8 @@
+f
M a
% qpush failure
+popping bar
+popping foo
patch queue now empty
applying foo
applying bar
@@ -284,6 +310,7 @@
1 qbase foo
2 qtip bar tip
% bad node in status
+popping bar
now at: foo
changeset: 0:cb9a9f314b8b
mq status file refers to unknown node
@@ -308,6 +335,7 @@
diff --git a/new b/copy
copy from new
copy to copy
+popping copy
now at: new
applying copy
now at: copy
@@ -320,6 +348,7 @@
1 files updated, 0 files merged, 2 files removed, 0 files unresolved
created new head
2 files updated, 0 files merged, 1 files removed, 0 files unresolved
+popping bar
adding branch
adding changesets
adding manifests
@@ -354,6 +383,7 @@
1 files updated, 0 files merged, 2 files removed, 0 files unresolved
2 files updated, 0 files merged, 1 files removed, 0 files unresolved
+popping bar
adding branch
adding changesets
adding manifests
@@ -386,6 +416,7 @@
% refresh omitting an added file
C newfile
A newfile
+popping baz
now at: bar
% create a git patch
diff --git a/alexander b/alexander
@@ -393,6 +424,7 @@
8ba2a2f3e77b55d03051ff9c24ad65e7 bucephalus
diff --git a/bucephalus b/bucephalus
% check binary patches can be popped and pushed
+popping addbucephalus
now at: addalexander
applying addbucephalus
now at: addbucephalus
@@ -461,6 +493,7 @@
rev 0: add foo
patch repo:
rev 0: checkpoint
+popping patch1
patch queue now empty
main repo:
rev 0: add foo
@@ -475,12 +508,14 @@
rev 0: checkpoint
% test applying on an empty file (issue 1033)
adding a
+popping changea
patch queue now empty
applying changea
now at: changea
% test qpush with --force, issue1087
adding bye.txt
adding hello.txt
+popping empty
patch queue now empty
% qpush should fail, local changes
abort: local changes found, refresh first
@@ -510,6 +545,7 @@
summary: imported patch empty
+popping empty
patch queue now empty
% qpush should fail, local changes
abort: local changes found, refresh first
@@ -539,4 +575,5 @@
% test popping revisions not in working dir ancestry
0 A empty
1 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved
+popping empty
patch queue now empty
--- a/tests/test-notify.out Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-notify.out Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -1,61 +1,60 @@
notify extension - hooks for sending email notifications at commit/push time
-Subscriptions can be managed through hgrc. Default mode is to print
+Subscriptions can be managed through a hgrc file. Default mode is to print
messages to stdout, for testing and configuring.
-To use, configure notify extension and enable in hgrc like this:
+To use, configure the notify extension and enable it in hgrc like this:
- [extensions]
- hgext.notify =
+ [extensions]
+ hgext.notify =
- [hooks]
- # one email for each incoming changeset
- incoming.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook
- # batch emails when many changesets incoming at one time
- changegroup.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook
+ [hooks]
+ # one email for each incoming changeset
+ incoming.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook
+ # batch emails when many changesets incoming at one time
+ changegroup.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook
- [notify]
- # config items go in here
+ [notify]
+ # config items go here
- config items:
+Required configuration items:
- REQUIRED:
- config = /path/to/file # file containing subscriptions
+ config = /path/to/file # file containing subscriptions
+
+Optional configuration items:
- OPTIONAL:
- test = True # print messages to stdout for testing
- strip = 3 # number of slashes to strip for url paths
- domain = example.com # domain to use if committer missing domain
- style = ... # style file to use when formatting email
- template = ... # template to use when formatting email
- incoming = ... # template to use when run as incoming hook
- changegroup = ... # template when run as changegroup hook
- maxdiff = 300 # max lines of diffs to include (0=none, -1=all)
- maxsubject = 67 # truncate subject line longer than this
- diffstat = True # add a diffstat before the diff content
- sources = serve # notify if source of incoming changes in this list
- # (serve == ssh or http, push, pull, bundle)
- [email]
- from = user@host.com # email address to send as if none given
- [web]
- baseurl = http://hgserver/... # root of hg web site for browsing commits
+ test = True # print messages to stdout for testing
+ strip = 3 # number of slashes to strip for url paths
+ domain = example.com # domain to use if committer missing domain
+ style = ... # style file to use when formatting email
+ template = ... # template to use when formatting email
+ incoming = ... # template to use when run as incoming hook
+ changegroup = ... # template when run as changegroup hook
+ maxdiff = 300 # max lines of diffs to include (0=none, -1=all)
+ maxsubject = 67 # truncate subject line longer than this
+ diffstat = True # add a diffstat before the diff content
+ sources = serve # notify if source of incoming changes in this list
+ # (serve == ssh or http, push, pull, bundle)
+ [email]
+ from = user@host.com # email address to send as if none given
+ [web]
+ baseurl = http://hgserver/... # root of hg web site for browsing commits
- notify config file has same format as regular hgrc. it has two
- sections so you can express subscriptions in whatever way is handier
- for you.
+The notify config file has same format as a regular hgrc file. It has two
+sections so you can express subscriptions in whatever way is handier for you.
- [usersubs]
- # key is subscriber email, value is ","-separated list of glob patterns
- user@host = pattern
+ [usersubs]
+ # key is subscriber email, value is ","-separated list of glob patterns
+ user@host = pattern
- [reposubs]
- # key is glob pattern, value is ","-separated list of subscriber emails
- pattern = user@host
+ [reposubs]
+ # key is glob pattern, value is ","-separated list of subscriber emails
+ pattern = user@host
- glob patterns are matched against path to repository root.
+Glob patterns are matched against path to repository root.
- if you like, you can put notify config file in repository that users
- can push changes to, they can manage their own subscriptions.
+If you like, you can put notify config file in repository that users can push
+changes to, they can manage their own subscriptions.
no commands defined
% commit
--- a/tests/test-patchbomb.out Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-patchbomb.out Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
X-Mercurial-Node: 8580ff50825a50c8f716709acdf8de0deddcd6ab
Message-Id: <8580ff50825a50c8f716.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
Subject: [PATCH 0 of 2] test
Message-Id: <patchbomb.120@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:02:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:02:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <patchbomb.120@
References: <patchbomb.120@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:02:01 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:02:01 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <patchbomb.120@
References: <patchbomb.120@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:02:02 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:02:02 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
Subject: test
Message-Id: <patchbomb.180@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:03:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:03:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -157,13 +157,13 @@
adding utf
% no mime encoding for email --test
% md5sum of 8-bit output
-1b28ee86c937a1f9e2bf6fc5eabd00a5 mailtest
+e726c29b3008e77994c7572563e57c34 mailtest
% mime encoded mbox (base64)
This patch series consists of 1 patches.
Writing [PATCH] charset=utf-8; content-transfer-encoding: base64 ...
-From quux Thu Jan 01 00:04:01 1970
+From quux Thu Jan 1 00:04:01 1970
Content-Type: text/plain; charset="utf-8"
MIME-Version: 1.0
Content-Transfer-Encoding: base64
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
X-Mercurial-Node: c3c9e37db9f4fe4882cda39baf42fed6bad8b15a
Message-Id: <c3c9e37db9f4fe4882cd.240@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:04:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:04:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -192,13 +192,13 @@
adding qp
% no mime encoding for email --test
% md5sum of qp output
-7b5f11d50349b32eff4a9b2daaa82e7f mailtest
+0402c7d033e04044e423bb04816f9dae mailtest
% mime encoded mbox (quoted-printable)
This patch series consists of 1 patches.
Writing [PATCH] charset=utf-8; content-transfer-encoding: quoted-printable ...
-From quux Thu Jan 01 00:04:01 1970
+From quux Thu Jan 1 00:04:01 1970
Content-Type: text/plain; charset="us-ascii"
MIME-Version: 1.0
Content-Transfer-Encoding: quoted-printable
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@
X-Mercurial-Node: c655633f8c87700bb38cc6a59a2753bdc5a6c376
Message-Id: <c655633f8c87700bb38c.240@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:04:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:04:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@
Writing [PATCH] charset=us-ascii; content-transfer-encoding: 8bit ...
% md5sum of 8-bit output
-e61684fc0bcccba4204714be37951893 mboxfix
+0920ef519c29b6a1742047ad9f203fc5 mboxfix
% test diffstat for single patch
This patch series consists of 1 patches.
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@
X-Mercurial-Node: ff2c9fa2018b15fa74b33363bda9527323e2a99f
Message-Id: <ff2c9fa2018b15fa74b3.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@
Subject: [PATCH 0 of 2] test
Message-Id: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <patchbomb.60@
References: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:01 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:01 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <patchbomb.60@
References: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:02 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:02 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@
X-Mercurial-Node: ff2c9fa2018b15fa74b33363bda9527323e2a99f
Message-Id: <ff2c9fa2018b15fa74b3.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@
X-Mercurial-Node: c655633f8c87700bb38cc6a59a2753bdc5a6c376
Message-Id: <c655633f8c87700bb38c.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -495,7 +495,7 @@
Subject: [PATCH 0 of 3] test
Message-Id: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -510,7 +510,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <patchbomb.60@
References: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:01 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:01 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -544,7 +544,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <patchbomb.60@
References: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:02 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:02 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <patchbomb.60@
References: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:03 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:03 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -631,7 +631,7 @@
X-Mercurial-Node: ff2c9fa2018b15fa74b33363bda9527323e2a99f
Message-Id: <ff2c9fa2018b15fa74b3.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -676,7 +676,7 @@
X-Mercurial-Node: c655633f8c87700bb38cc6a59a2753bdc5a6c376
Message-Id: <c655633f8c87700bb38c.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -740,7 +740,7 @@
Subject: [PATCH 0 of 3] test
Message-Id: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -755,7 +755,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <patchbomb.60@
References: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:01 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:01 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -798,7 +798,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <patchbomb.60@
References: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:02 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:02 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -842,7 +842,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <patchbomb.60@
References: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:03 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:03 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -906,7 +906,7 @@
Subject: [PATCH 0 of 1] test
Message-Id: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -922,7 +922,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <patchbomb.60@
References: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:01 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:01 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -954,7 +954,7 @@
Subject: [PATCH 0 of 2] test
Message-Id: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -970,7 +970,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <patchbomb.60@
References: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:01 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:01 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -998,7 +998,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <patchbomb.60@
References: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:02 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:02 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@
X-Mercurial-Node: ff2c9fa2018b15fa74b33363bda9527323e2a99f
Message-Id: <ff2c9fa2018b15fa74b3.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@
Subject: [PATCH 0 of 2] test
Message-Id: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -1082,7 +1082,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <patchbomb.60@
References: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:01 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:01 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <patchbomb.60@
References: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:02 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:02 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -1155,7 +1155,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <baz>
References: <baz>
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -1192,7 +1192,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <baz>
References: <baz>
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -1208,7 +1208,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <patchbomb.60@
References: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:01 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:01 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -1236,7 +1236,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <patchbomb.60@
References: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:02 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:02 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/tests/test-path-normalization Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+hg clone --quiet $TESTDIR/test-path-normalization.hg t
+exec hg st -R t
Binary file tests/test-path-normalization.hg has changed
--- a/tests/test-qrecord.out Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-qrecord.out Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -28,8 +28,7 @@
interactively record a new patch
- See 'hg help qnew' & 'hg help record' for more information and
- usage.
+ See 'hg help qnew' & 'hg help record' for more information and usage.
options:
--- a/tests/test-rebase-mq.out Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-rebase-mq.out Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -79,6 +79,8 @@
+mq1r1mq2
% Adding one git-style patch and one normal
+popping f2.patch
+popping f.patch
patch queue now empty
1 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved
% Git patch
--- a/tests/test-rebase-parameters.out Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-rebase-parameters.out Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
move changeset (and descendants) to a different branch
- Rebase uses repeated merging to graft changesets from one part of
- history onto another. This can be useful for linearizing local
- changes relative to a master development tree.
+ Rebase uses repeated merging to graft changesets from one part of history
+ onto another. This can be useful for linearizing local changes relative to
+ a master development tree.
If a rebase is interrupted to manually resolve a merge, it can be
continued with --continue/-c or aborted with --abort/-a.
@@ -34,9 +34,9 @@
move changeset (and descendants) to a different branch
- Rebase uses repeated merging to graft changesets from one part of
- history onto another. This can be useful for linearizing local
- changes relative to a master development tree.
+ Rebase uses repeated merging to graft changesets from one part of history
+ onto another. This can be useful for linearizing local changes relative to
+ a master development tree.
If a rebase is interrupted to manually resolve a merge, it can be
continued with --continue/-c or aborted with --abort/-a.
@@ -62,9 +62,9 @@
move changeset (and descendants) to a different branch
- Rebase uses repeated merging to graft changesets from one part of
- history onto another. This can be useful for linearizing local
- changes relative to a master development tree.
+ Rebase uses repeated merging to graft changesets from one part of history
+ onto another. This can be useful for linearizing local changes relative to
+ a master development tree.
If a rebase is interrupted to manually resolve a merge, it can be
continued with --continue/-c or aborted with --abort/-a.
@@ -90,9 +90,9 @@
move changeset (and descendants) to a different branch
- Rebase uses repeated merging to graft changesets from one part of
- history onto another. This can be useful for linearizing local
- changes relative to a master development tree.
+ Rebase uses repeated merging to graft changesets from one part of history
+ onto another. This can be useful for linearizing local changes relative to
+ a master development tree.
If a rebase is interrupted to manually resolve a merge, it can be
continued with --continue/-c or aborted with --abort/-a.
--- a/tests/test-record.out Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-record.out Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -3,27 +3,26 @@
interactively select changes to commit
- If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by "hg status"
- will be candidates for recording.
+ If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by "hg status" will be
+ candidates for recording.
See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.
- You will be prompted for whether to record changes to each
- modified file, and for files with multiple changes, for each
- change to use. For each query, the following responses are
- possible:
+ You will be prompted for whether to record changes to each modified file,
+ and for files with multiple changes, for each change to use. For each
+ query, the following responses are possible:
- y - record this change
- n - skip this change
+ y - record this change
+ n - skip this change
- s - skip remaining changes to this file
- f - record remaining changes to this file
+ s - skip remaining changes to this file
+ f - record remaining changes to this file
- d - done, skip remaining changes and files
- a - record all changes to all remaining files
- q - quit, recording no changes
+ d - done, skip remaining changes and files
+ a - record all changes to all remaining files
+ q - quit, recording no changes
- ? - display help
+ ? - display help
options:
--- a/tests/test-revlog-ancestry.py Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-revlog-ancestry.py Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
repo.commit(text=text, date="%d 0" % time)
def addcommit(name, time):
- f = file(name, 'w')
+ f = open(name, 'w')
f.write('%s\n' % name)
f.close()
repo.add([name])
--- a/tests/test-tags Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-tags Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -1,24 +1,46 @@
#!/bin/sh
+cacheexists() {
+ [ -f .hg/tags.cache ] && echo "tag cache exists" || echo "no tag cache"
+}
+
+# XXX need to test that the tag cache works when we strip an old head
+# and add a new one rooted off non-tip: i.e. node and rev of tip are the
+# same, but stuff has changed behind tip.
+
+echo "% setup"
mkdir t
cd t
hg init
+cacheexists
hg id
+cacheexists
echo a > a
hg add a
-hg commit -m "test" -d "1000000 0"
+hg commit -m "test"
hg co
hg identify
-T=`hg tip --debug | head -n 1 | cut -d : -f 3`
+cacheexists
+
+echo "% create local tag with long name"
+T=`hg identify --debug --id`
hg tag -l "This is a local tag with a really long name!"
hg tags
rm .hg/localtags
+
+echo "% create a tag behind hg's back"
echo "$T first" > .hgtags
cat .hgtags
hg add .hgtags
-hg commit -m "add tags" -d "1000000 0"
+hg commit -m "add tags"
hg tags
hg identify
+
+# repeat with cold tag cache
+rm -f .hg/tags.cache
+hg identify
+
+echo "% create a branch"
echo bb > a
hg status
hg identify
@@ -28,89 +50,126 @@
hg status
echo 1 > b
hg add b
-hg commit -m "branch" -d "1000000 0"
+hg commit -m "branch"
hg id
+
+echo "% merge the two heads"
hg merge 1
hg id
hg status
-hg commit -m "merge" -d "1000000 0"
+hg commit -m "merge"
-# create fake head, make sure tag not visible afterwards
+echo "% create fake head, make sure tag not visible afterwards"
cp .hgtags tags
-hg tag -d "1000000 0" last
+hg tag last
hg rm .hgtags
-hg commit -m "remove" -d "1000000 0"
+hg commit -m "remove"
mv tags .hgtags
hg add .hgtags
-hg commit -m "readd" -d "1000000 0"
+hg commit -m "readd"
hg tags
-# invalid tags
+echo "% add invalid tags"
echo "spam" >> .hgtags
echo >> .hgtags
echo "foo bar" >> .hgtags
echo "$T invalid" | sed "s/..../a5a5/" >> .hg/localtags
-hg commit -m "tags" -d "1000000 0"
+echo "committing .hgtags:"
+cat .hgtags
+hg commit -m "tags"
-# report tag parse error on other head
+echo "% report tag parse error on other head"
hg up 3
echo 'x y' >> .hgtags
-hg commit -m "head" -d "1000000 0"
+hg commit -m "head"
hg tags
hg tip
-# test tag precedence rules
+echo "% test tag precedence rules"
cd ..
hg init t2
cd t2
echo foo > foo
hg add foo
-hg ci -m 'add foo' -d '1000000 0' # rev 0
-hg tag -d '1000000 0' bar # rev 1
+hg ci -m 'add foo' # rev 0
+hg tag bar # rev 1
echo >> foo
-hg ci -m 'change foo 1' -d '1000000 0' # rev 2
+hg ci -m 'change foo 1' # rev 2
hg up -C 1
-hg tag -r 1 -d '1000000 0' -f bar # rev 3
+hg tag -r 1 -f bar # rev 3
hg up -C 1
echo >> foo
-hg ci -m 'change foo 2' -d '1000000 0' # rev 4
+hg ci -m 'change foo 2' # rev 4
+hg tags
+hg tags # repeat in case of cache effects
+
+dumptags() {
+ rev=$1
+ echo "rev $rev: .hgtags:"
+ hg cat -r$rev .hgtags
+}
+
+echo "% detailed dump of tag info"
+echo "heads:"
+hg heads -q # expect 4, 3, 2
+dumptags 2
+dumptags 3
+dumptags 4
+echo ".hg/tags.cache:"
+[ -f .hg/tags.cache ] && cat .hg/tags.cache || echo "no such file"
+
+echo "% test tag removal"
+hg tag --remove bar # rev 5
+hg tip -vp
+hg tags
+hg tags # again, try to expose cache bugs
+
+echo '% remove nonexistent tag'
+hg tag --remove foobar
+hg tip
+
+echo "% rollback undoes tag operation"
+hg rollback # destroy rev 5 (restore bar)
+hg tags
hg tags
-# test tag removal
-hg tag --remove -d '1000000 0' bar
-hg tip
-hg tags
-
-echo '% remove nonexistent tag'
-hg tag --remove -d '1000000 0' foobar
-hg tip
-
-# test tag rank
+echo "% test tag rank"
cd ..
hg init t3
cd t3
echo foo > foo
hg add foo
-hg ci -m 'add foo' -d '1000000 0' # rev 0
-hg tag -d '1000000 0' -f bar # rev 1 bar -> 0
-hg tag -d '1000000 0' -f bar # rev 2 bar -> 1
-hg tag -d '1000000 0' -fr 0 bar # rev 3 bar -> 0
-hg tag -d '1000000 0' -fr 1 bar # rev 3 bar -> 1
-hg tag -d '1000000 0' -fr 0 bar # rev 4 bar -> 0
+hg ci -m 'add foo' # rev 0
+hg tag -f bar # rev 1 bar -> 0
+hg tag -f bar # rev 2 bar -> 1
+hg tag -fr 0 bar # rev 3 bar -> 0
+hg tag -fr 1 bar # rev 4 bar -> 1
+hg tag -fr 0 bar # rev 5 bar -> 0
hg tags
hg co 3
echo barbar > foo
-hg ci -m 'change foo' -d '1000000 0' # rev 0
+hg ci -m 'change foo' # rev 6
+hg tags
+
+echo "% don't allow moving tag without -f"
+hg tag -r 3 bar
hg tags
-hg tag -d '1000000 0' -r 3 bar # should complain
-hg tags
+echo "% strip 1: expose an old head"
+hg --config extensions.mq= strip 5 > /dev/null 2>&1
+hg tags # partly stale cache
+hg tags # up-to-date cache
+echo "% strip 2: destroy whole branch, no old head exposed"
+hg --config extensions.mq= strip 4 > /dev/null 2>&1
+hg tags # partly stale
+rm -f .hg/tags.cache
+hg tags # cold cache
-# test tag rank with 3 heads
+echo "% test tag rank with 3 heads"
cd ..
hg init t4
cd t4
@@ -124,10 +183,11 @@
hg tags
hg up -qC 0
hg tag -m 'retag rev 0' -fr 0 bar # rev 4 bar -> 0, but bar stays at 2
-echo % bar should still point to rev 2
+echo "% bar should still point to rev 2"
hg tags
+echo "% remove local as global and global as local"
# test that removing global/local tags does not get confused when trying
# to remove a tag of type X which actually only exists as a type Y
cd ..
--- a/tests/test-tags.out Sun Aug 02 19:21:47 2009 -0700
+++ b/tests/test-tags.out Mon Aug 03 10:28:09 2009 +0200
@@ -1,78 +1,147 @@
+% setup
+no tag cache
000000000000 tip
+no tag cache
0 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved
-0acdaf898367 tip
-tip 0:0acdaf898367
-This is a local tag with a really long name! 0:0acdaf898367
-0acdaf8983679e0aac16e811534eb49d7ee1f2b4 first
-tip 1:8a3ca90d111d
-first 0:0acdaf898367
-8a3ca90d111d tip
+acb14030fe0a tip
+tag cache exists
+% create local tag with long name
+tip 0:acb14030fe0a
+This is a local tag with a really long name! 0:acb14030fe0a
+% create a tag behind hg's back
+acb14030fe0a21b60322c440ad2d20cf7685a376 first
+tip 1:b9154636be93
+first 0:acb14030fe0a
+b9154636be93 tip
+b9154636be93 tip
+% create a branch
M a
-8a3ca90d111d+ tip
+b9154636be93+ tip
0 files updated, 0 files merged, 1 files removed, 0 files unresolved
-0acdaf898367+ first
-0acdaf898367+ first
+acb14030fe0a+ first
+acb14030fe0a+ first
M a
created new head
-8216907a933d tip
+c8edf04160c7 tip
+% merge the two heads
1 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved
(branch merge, don't forget to commit)
-8216907a933d+8a3ca90d111d+ tip
+c8edf04160c7+b9154636be93+ tip
M .hgtags
-tip 6:e2174d339386
-first 0:0acdaf898367
+% create fake head, make sure tag not visible afterwards
+tip 6:35ff301afafe
+first 0:acb14030fe0a
+% add invalid tags
+committing .hgtags:
+acb14030fe0a21b60322c440ad2d20cf7685a376 first
+spam
+
+foo bar
+% report tag parse error on other head
1 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved
created new head
-.hgtags@c071f74ab5eb, line 2: cannot parse entry
-.hgtags@c071f74ab5eb, line 4: node 'foo' is not well formed
-.hgtags@4ca6f1b1a68c, line 2: node 'x' is not well formed
-tip 8:4ca6f1b1a68c
-first 0:0acdaf898367
-changeset: 8:4ca6f1b1a68c
-.hgtags@c071f74ab5eb, line 2: cannot parse entry
-.hgtags@c071f74ab5eb, line 4: node 'foo' is not well formed
-.hgtags@4ca6f1b1a68c, line 2: node 'x' is not well formed
+.hgtags@75d9f02dfe28, line 2: cannot parse entry
+.hgtags@75d9f02dfe28, line 4: node 'foo' is not well formed
+.hgtags@c4be69a18c11, line 2: node 'x' is not well formed
+tip 8:c4be69a18c11
+first 0:acb14030fe0a
+changeset: 8:c4be69a18c11
tag: tip
-parent: 3:b2ef3841386b
+parent: 3:ac5e980c4dc0
user: test
-date: Mon Jan 12 13:46:40 1970 +0000
+date: Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
summary: head
+% test tag precedence rules
1 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved
1 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved
created new head
-tip 4:36195b728445
-bar 1:b204a97e6e8d
-changeset: 5:1f98c77278de
+tip 4:0c192d7d5e6b
+bar 1:78391a272241
+tip 4:0c192d7d5e6b
+bar 1:78391a272241
+% detailed dump of tag info
+heads:
+4:0c192d7d5e6b
+3:6fa450212aeb
+2:7a94127795a3
+rev 2: .hgtags:
+bbd179dfa0a71671c253b3ae0aa1513b60d199fa bar
+rev 3: .hgtags:
+bbd179dfa0a71671c253b3ae0aa1513b60d199fa bar
+bbd179dfa0a71671c253b3ae0aa1513b60d199fa bar
+78391a272241d70354aa14c874552cad6b51bb42 bar
+rev 4: .hgtags:
+bbd179dfa0a71671c253b3ae0aa1513b60d199fa bar
+.hg/tags.cache:
+4 0c192d7d5e6b78a714de54a2e9627952a877e25a 0c04f2a8af31de17fab7422878ee5a2dadbc943d
+3 6fa450212aeb2a21ed616a54aea39a4a27894cd7 7d3b718c964ef37b89e550ebdafd5789e76ce1b0
+2 7a94127795a33c10a370c93f731fd9fea0b79af6 0c04f2a8af31de17fab7422878ee5a2dadbc943d
+
+78391a272241d70354aa14c874552cad6b51bb42 bar
+% test tag removal
+changeset: 5:5f6e8655b1c7
tag: tip
user: test
-date: Mon Jan 12 13:46:40 1970 +0000
-summary: Removed tag bar
+date: Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+files: .hgtags
+description:
+Removed tag bar
+
-tip 5:1f98c77278de
+diff -r 0c192d7d5e6b -r 5f6e8655b1c7 .hgtags
+--- a/.hgtags Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
++++ b/.hgtags Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+@@ -1,1 +1,3 @@
+ bbd179dfa0a71671c253b3ae0aa1513b60d199fa bar
++78391a272241d70354aa14c874552cad6b51bb42 bar
++0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 bar
+
+tip 5:5f6e8655b1c7
+tip 5:5f6e8655b1c7
% remove nonexistent tag
abort: tag 'foobar' does not exist
-changeset: 5:1f98c77278de
+changeset: 5:5f6e8655b1c7
tag: tip
user: test
-date: Mon Jan 12 13:46:40 1970 +0000
+date: Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
summary: Removed tag bar
-tip 5:e86d7ed95fd3
-bar 0:b409d9da318e
+% rollback undoes tag operation
+rolling back last transaction
+tip 4:0c192d7d5e6b
+bar 1:78391a272241
+tip 4:0c192d7d5e6b
+bar 1:78391a272241
+% test tag rank
+tip 5:85f05169d91d
+bar 0:bbd179dfa0a7
1 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved
created new head
-tip 6:b744fbe1f6dd
-bar 0:b409d9da318e
+tip 6:735c3ca72986
+bar 0:bbd179dfa0a7
+% don't allow moving tag without -f
abort: tag 'bar' already exists (use -f to force)
-tip 6:b744fbe1f6dd
-bar 0:b409d9da318e
+tip 6:735c3ca72986
+bar 0:bbd179dfa0a7
+% strip 1: expose an old head
+tip 5:735c3ca72986
+bar 1:78391a272241
+tip 5:735c3ca72986
+bar 1:78391a272241
+% strip 2: destroy whole branch, no old head exposed
+tip 4:735c3ca72986
+bar 0:bbd179dfa0a7
+tip 4:735c3ca72986
+bar 0:bbd179dfa0a7
+% test tag rank with 3 heads
adding foo
tip 3:197c21bbbf2c
bar 2:6fa450212aeb
% bar should still point to rev 2
tip 4:3b4b14ed0202
bar 2:6fa450212aeb
+% remove local as global and global as local
adding foo
abort: tag 'localtag' is not a global tag
abort: tag 'globaltag' is not a local tag